Multi-arm, Non-randomized, Open-Label Phase IB Study to Evaluate GSK3052230 in Combination With Paclitaxel and Carboplatin, or Docetaxel or as Single Agent in Subjects With Solid Malignancies and Deregulated FGF Pathway Signaling
Phase: PHASE1
Conditions: Neoplasms
Sponsor: GlaxoSmithKline

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
The GlaxoSmithKline group of companies
FGF117360
1
TITLE PAGE
Division: Worldwide Development
Retention Category: GRS019
Information Type: Protocol Amendment
Title:
Multi-arm, Non-randomized, Open-Label Phase IB Study to 
Evaluate GSK3052230 in Combination with Paclitaxel and 
Carboplatin, or Docetaxel or as Single Agent in Subjects with 
Solid Malignancies and Deregulated FGF Pathway Signaling
Compound Number:
GSK3052230
Effective Date:
14-DEC-2015
Protocol Amendment Number:  05
Subject: squamous non-small cell lung cancer, FGFR, GSK3052230, HGS1036, FP1039, 
paclitaxel, carboplatin, docetaxel, FGFR1, FGF2, permetrexed, cisplatin
Author:
Oncology Clinical Development, USA
Precision Medicine and Diagnostics, Oncology, USA
Quantitative Sciences-Oncology, USA
Biotransformation and Drug Disposition, PTS, USA
Global Clinical Safety and Pharmacovigilance, USA
Cancer Research, USA
Clinical Pharmacology Modeling & Simulation, USA
Quantitative Sciences-Genetics, USA
Clinical Immunology, USA
GMP Operations Biopharm R&D, USA
Oncology Clinical Development, USA
Copyright 2015 the GlaxoSmithKline group of companies.  All rights reserved.  
Unauthorised copying or use of this information is prohibited
PPD

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
The GlaxoSmithKline group of companies
FGF117360
2
Revision Chronology
GlaxoSmithKline
Document Number
Date
Version
2013N165256_00
2013-APR-16
Original
2013N165256_01
2013-OCT-17
Amendment No. 1
This amendment is a country-specific amendment for the UK. Stopping criteria based on 
QTc interval and contraceptive requirements have been revised.
2013N165256_02
2013-NOV-07
Amendment No. 2
Amendment No.2: This amendment applies to all sites. Sponsor medical monitor 
information was updated, the inclusion criterion for FGFR gene amplification was 
modified, clarifications were made to the Time and Events Table, vital sign 
measurements, and permitted concomitant medications; and contraceptive requirements 
were corrected.
2013N165256_03
2014-FEB-03
Amendment No. 3
Amendment No.3: This amendment changed Arm C of the protocol from GSK3052230 
monotherapy of subjects with solid tumors to combination chemotherapy (GSK3052230 
plus pemetrexed and cisplatin) of subjects with mesothelioma. Associated additions to 
the protocol include safety precautions for pemetrexed and cisplatin, use of modified 
RECIST for evaluation of clinical response, assessment of forced vital capacity. Patient 
reported outcomes using the Lung Cancer Symptom Scale (LCSS) was added for 
subjects with lung cancer and LCSS-meso for subjects with mesothelioma. Additional 
background and rationale were added. Stopping rules and sample size were modified. 
Translational research objectives were clarified
2013N165256_04
2014-FEB-03
Amendment No. 3
Amendment No.3 version 2: A minor correction to Amendment 3 was made on Page 24 
to correct ototoxicity monitoring for consistency with the changes listed on page 114. As 
Amendment 3 was published prior to discovery of this inconsistency, the correction 
increases the document number from 03 to 04.
2013N165256_05
2014-OCT-15
Amendment No. 4
Amendment No.4: The protocol medical monitor contact information was updated and 
information will be provided during the study to prevent protocol amendments if there 
are staff changes.  Additional information on preclinical studies in mesothelioma was 
added in the background section, and clarifications were provided for modified RECIST, 
the time & event tables, concomitant medications and Cockcroft-gault formula 
description.  In Arm B, the criteria for entry has been broaden to greater than two prior 
lines of therapy.  The protocol was expanded to allow intra-subject dose escalation or de-
escalation.  This allows subjects who receive benefit during the dose escalation to 
transition to the recommended expansion dose.  In addition, additional wording has been 
added to allow alternative dosing and schedules to be explored.  

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
The GlaxoSmithKline group of companies
FGF117360
3
2013N165256_06
2015-DEC-14
Amendment No. 5
Amendment No.5: Changes including (1) the medical monitors contacts, (2) synopsis 
wording clarified to be consistent with the changes in Amendment 4 regarding confirmed 
diagnosis being Stage IIIB or IV for subjects in Arm A or B; (3) provide additional 
wording that chemotherapy such as cisplatin should be administered per local standards, 
(4) providing additional guidance for GSK3052230 dosing with extended infusion 
timings and pre-medication per local institutional standard practice, (5) providing more 
flexible timing for subjects in Arm A screening who desire to start chemotherapy prior to 
GSK3052230 first dose, (6) providing new PK sampling for cisplatin for Arm C subjects, 
and (7) requiring total calcium instead of total calcium and ionized calcium at selected 
sites in the UK.

PPD
PPD

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
FGF117360
5
MEDICAL MONITOR INFORMATION PAGE
Medical Monitor and Sponsor Contact Information:
Role
Name
Day Time 
Phone 
Number
After-hours 
Phone/Cell/
Pager 
Number
Fax 
Number
GSK Address
Medical 
Monitor
 
MD, PhD
GlaxoSmithKline
1250 South Collegeville Road
PO Box 5089
Collegeville, PA 19426-0989, 
United States
Email: 
Secondary 
Medical 
Monitor
 MD
GlaxoSmithKline
1250 S. Collegeville Road, 
Collegeville, PA 19426-0989, 
United States
Email:  
Additional medical monitor or sponsor contacts may be provided in a letter to investigator during the course 
of the study conduct without involving a protocol amendment.  
Sponsor Registered Address:
GlaxoSmithKline Research & Development Limited
980 Great West Road
Brentford
Middlesex, TW8 9GS
UK
In some countries, the clinical trial sponsor may be the local GlaxoSmithKline affiliate 
company (or designee). If applicable, the details of the alternative Sponsor and contact 
person in the territory will be provided to the relevant regulatory authority as part of the 
clinical trial application.
Regulatory Agency Identifying Number(s):  
Compound Number
IND Number
EudraCT Number
GSK3052230
IND#114083
2013-000354-21
PPD
PPD
PPD
PPD
PPD
PPD
PPD
PPD
PPD
PPD
PPD

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
FGF117360
6
INVESTIGATOR PROTOCOL AGREEMENT PAGE
For protocol number FGF117360:
I confirm agreement to conduct the study in compliance with the protocol, as amended by 
this protocol amendment.
I acknowledge that I am responsible for overall study conduct. I agree to personally 
conduct or supervise the described study.
I agree to ensure that all associates, colleagues and employees assisting in the conduct of 
the study are informed about their obligations. Mechanisms are in place to ensure that site 
staff receives the appropriate information throughout the study. 
Investigator Name:
Investigator Address:
Investigator Phone Number:
Investigator Signature
Date

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
FGF117360
7
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PAGE
LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS...........................................................................................11
PROTOCOL SYNOPSIS...............................................................................................14
1.
INTRODUCTION....................................................................................................17
1.1.
The FGF Pathway in Cancer.......................................................................17
1.2.
Lung Cancer...............................................................................................17
1.3.
Mesothelioma .............................................................................................18
1.4.
GSK3052230..............................................................................................18
1.4.1.
Background .................................................................................18
1.4.1.1.
Preclinical data on GSK3052230................................18
1.4.2.
First-time-in-human study FP1039-001........................................19
1.4.2.1.
Clinical Pharmacokinetics of GSK3052230.................20
1.4.2.2.
Clinical Safety of GSK3052230 ..................................20
1.4.2.3.
Anti-tumor Activity with GSK3052230 .........................21
1.5.
Chemotherapy (Paclitaxel, Carboplatin, Docetaxel, Pemetrexed, 
Cisplatin).....................................................................................................21
1.5.1.
Paclitaxel/Carboplatin ..................................................................21
1.5.2.
Docetaxel.....................................................................................22
1.5.3.
Pemetrexed/Cisplatin...................................................................22
1.6.
Summary of Risk Management...................................................................23
2.
OBJECTIVES AND ENDPOINTS...........................................................................26
2.1.
Primary.......................................................................................................26
2.2.
Secondary ..................................................................................................26
2.3.
Exploratory .................................................................................................27
3.
STUDY POPULATION...........................................................................................28
3.1.
Number of Subjects ....................................................................................28
3.2.
Subject Selection Criteria............................................................................28
3.2.1.
Inclusion Criteria..........................................................................28
3.2.2.
Exclusion Criteria.........................................................................30
4.
INVESTIGATIONAL PLAN.....................................................................................32
4.1.
Discussion of Study Design ........................................................................32
4.2.
GSK3052230 plus Chemotherapy ..............................................................33
4.2.1.
Arm A ..........................................................................................34
4.2.2.
Arm B ..........................................................................................35
4.2.3.
Arm C ..........................................................................................35
4.2.4.
Dose-Limiting Toxicity..................................................................36
4.2.5.
Maximum Tolerated Dose............................................................36
4.2.6.
Intra-Subject Dose Escalation or Dose De-escalation..................37
4.2.6.1.
Alternative Dosing and Schedule Cohorts ..................37
4.3.
Rationale ....................................................................................................37
4.3.1.
Rationale for Evaluation of GSK3052230 in Chemotherapy 
Combinations...............................................................................37
4.3.2.
Rationale for Dose of GSK3052230.............................................37
4.3.3.
Rationale for Endpoints................................................................38
4.4.
Study Treatment Assignment......................................................................38

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
FGF117360
8
4.5.
Dosage and Administration of Study Treatments ........................................38
4.5.1.
GSK3052230...............................................................................38
4.5.1.1.
Study treatments: Alternative Dosing and 
Schedule cohorts........................................................38
4.5.2.
Paclitaxel + Carboplatin ...............................................................39
4.5.3.
Docetaxel.....................................................................................40
4.5.4.
Pemetrexed and Cisplatin............................................................40
4.6.
Safety Management Guidelines..................................................................41
4.6.1.
Liver Chemistry Stopping Criteria ................................................41
4.6.1.1.
Liver Chemistry Follow-up Procedures .......................41
4.6.2.
QTc Stopping Criteria ..................................................................43
4.6.3.
Left Ventricular Ejection Fraction (LVEF) and Valvular 
Toxicity Stopping Criteria.............................................................44
4.6.3.1.
LVEF Stopping Criteria...............................................44
4.6.3.2.
Cardiac Valve Toxicity Stopping Criteria.....................44
4.6.4.
Management of Diarrhea .............................................................45
4.6.5.
Management of Fluid Retention...................................................45
4.7.
Dose Modifications .....................................................................................46
4.7.1.
Dose Delays ................................................................................46
4.7.2.
Hematologic Toxicity Related to Chemotherapy...........................46
4.7.3.
Non-hematologic Toxicity Related to Chemotherapy ...................47
4.7.4.
GSK3052230 Dose Modifications ................................................49
4.7.4.1.
GSK3052230 Dose Modifications regarding 
infusion related reactions............................................49
5.
INVESTIGATIONAL PRODUCT.............................................................................50
5.1.
Description of Investigational Products .......................................................50
5.1.1.
GSK3052230...............................................................................50
5.1.2.
Chemotherapeutic Agents ...........................................................50
5.2.
Preparation/Handling/Storage of GSK3052230...........................................51
5.3.
Product Accountability ................................................................................51
5.4.
Treatment Compliance................................................................................51
5.5.
Treatment of Study Treatment Overdose....................................................52
6.
COMPLETION OR WITHDRAWAL OF SUBJECTS...............................................52
6.1.
Screen Failures...........................................................................................52
6.2.
Subject Completion Criteria ........................................................................52
6.3.
Permanent Discontinuation from Study Treatment......................................52
6.4.
Study Completion .......................................................................................53
6.5.
Treatment after the End of the Study ..........................................................53
7.
STUDY ASSESSMENTS AND PROCEDURES .....................................................53
7.1.
Time and Events Table...............................................................................54
7.2.
Demographic/Medical History and Baseline Assessments..........................60
7.2.1.
Critical Baseline Assessments.....................................................60
7.3.
Safety Evaluations......................................................................................60
7.3.1.
Physical Examinations.................................................................61
7.3.2.
ECOG Performance Status..........................................................61
7.3.3.
Vital Signs....................................................................................61
7.3.4.
Forced Vital Capacity...................................................................61
7.3.5.
Electrocardiogram........................................................................61
7.3.6.
Echocardiogram...........................................................................61

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
FGF117360
9
7.3.7.
Ophthalmologic Examinations......................................................62
7.3.8.
Laboratory Assessments .............................................................62
7.3.9.
Pregnancy Testing and Reporting................................................63
7.4.
Evaluation of Anti-Cancer Activity ...............................................................64
7.4.1.
Evaluation of Response in Arm A and Arm B (RECIST 
1.1) ..............................................................................................66
7.4.1.1.
Evaluation of target lesions.........................................66
7.4.1.2.
Evaluation of non-target lesions..................................67
7.4.1.3.
New lesions................................................................67
7.4.1.4.
Evaluation of overall response....................................67
7.4.1.5.
Evaluation of best overall response............................68
7.4.2.
Evaluation of Response in Arm C: Mesothelioma ........................69
7.4.2.1.
Mesothelioma Tumor Imaging ....................................69
7.4.2.2.
Prior Scan collection...................................................70
7.4.3.
Patient Reported Outcomes.........................................................70
7.5.
Pharmacokinetics .......................................................................................71
7.5.1.
Blood Sample Collection for Pharmacokinetics............................71
7.5.2.
Pharmacokinetic Sample Analysis ...............................................71
7.6.
Immunogenicity...........................................................................................71
7.7.
Translational Research...............................................................................72
7.7.1.
Central Confirmation of FGF Signalling Pathway Status 
and Translational Research .........................................................72
7.7.2.
Peripheral Blood ..........................................................................72
7.7.2.1.
Plasma for Soluble Markers........................................72
7.7.2.2.
Circulating cell free DNA (cfDNA) Analysis.................73
7.8.
Pharmacogenetics......................................................................................73
8.
ADVERSE EVENTS AND SERIOUS ADVERSE EVENTS.....................................74
8.1.
Definition of an AE......................................................................................74
8.2.
Definition of a SAE......................................................................................75
8.3.
Disease-Related Events and/or Disease-Related Outcomes Not 
Qualifying as SAEs.....................................................................................76
8.4.
Laboratory and Other Safety Assessment Abnormalities Reported 
as AEs and SAEs .......................................................................................76
8.5.
Time Period and Frequency of Detecting AEs and SAEs............................76
8.5.1.
Method of Detecting AEs and SAEs.............................................77
8.5.2.
Prompt Reporting of SAEs and Other Events to GSK ..................77
8.5.3.
Regulatory reporting requirements for SAEs................................78
9.
CONCOMITANT MEDICATIONS AND NON-DRUG THERAPIES .........................79
9.1.
Permitted Medication(s)..............................................................................79
9.2.
Prohibited Medications................................................................................79
9.3.
Permitted Non-Drug Therapies ...................................................................80
10. LIFESTYLE AND/OR DIETARY RESTRICTIONS..................................................80
10.1.
Contraception .............................................................................................80
10.1.1.
Female Subjects..........................................................................80
10.1.2.
Male Subjects..............................................................................81
11. DATA MANAGEMENT ...........................................................................................82
12. DATA ANALYSIS AND STATISTICAL CONSIDERATIONS...................................82

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
FGF117360
10
12.1.
Considerations of statistical design.............................................................82
12.2.
Hypotheses.................................................................................................82
12.3.
Sample Size Determination ........................................................................83
12.3.1.
Arm A: GSK3052230 + Paclitaxel + Carboplatin ..........................83
12.3.2.
Arm B: GSK3052230 + Docetaxel................................................83
12.3.3.
Arm C: GSK3052230 + Pemetrexed + Cisplatin...........................84
12.4.
Sample Size Sensitivity...............................................................................84
12.4.1.
Sample Size Re-estimation..........................................................84
12.5.
Data Analysis Considerations .....................................................................84
12.5.1.
Analysis Populations....................................................................84
12.6.
Treatment Comparisons .............................................................................85
12.7.
Interim Analysis ..........................................................................................85
12.8.
Key Elements of Analysis Plan ...................................................................88
12.8.1.
Anti-Cancer Activity Analyses ......................................................89
12.8.2.
Safety Analyses...........................................................................89
12.8.2.1.
Extent of Exposure .....................................................89
12.8.2.2.
Adverse Events ..........................................................89
12.8.2.3.
Clinical Laboratory Evaluations ..................................89
12.8.2.4.
Other Safety Measures...............................................90
12.8.3.
Patient Reported Outcomes.........................................................90
12.8.4.
Pharmacokinetic Analyses...........................................................90
12.8.5.
Pharmacokinetic/Pharmacodynamic Analyses.............................90
12.8.6.
Tumor Kinetics Analysis...............................................................91
12.8.7.
Translational Research Analyses.................................................91
12.8.8.
Pharmacogenetic Analyses .........................................................92
13. STUDY CONDUCT CONSIDERATIONS ...............................................................92
13.1.
Posting of Information on Clinicaltrials.gov..................................................92
13.2.
Regulatory and Ethical Considerations, Including the Informed 
Consent Process ........................................................................................92
13.3.
Urgent Safety Measures .............................................................................92
13.4.
Quality Control (Study Monitoring) ..............................................................93
13.5.
Quality Assurance.......................................................................................93
13.6.
Study and Site Closure ...............................................................................93
13.7.
Records Retention......................................................................................94
13.8.
Provision of Study Results to Investigators, Posting of Information 
on Publicly Available Clinical Trials Registers and Publication....................94
14. REFERENCES.......................................................................................................96
15. APPENDICES......................................................................................................102
15.1.
Appendix 1: Pharmacogenetics (PGx) ......................................................102
15.2.
Appendix 2: NYHA Functional Classification System ................................107
15.3.
Appendix 3: COCKCROFT-GAULT FORMULA ........................................108
15.4.
Appendix 4: ECOG Performance Status1..................................................109
15.5.
Appendix 5: Liver Chemistry Monitoring, Interruption Stopping and 
Follow-up Criteria......................................................................................110
15.6.
Appendix 6: Urine Protein Creatinine (UPC) Ratio....................................111
15.7.
Appendix 7: Country Specific Requirements.............................................112
15.8.
Appendix 8: Protocol Amendment Changes..............................................113

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
FGF117360
11
LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS
AE(s)
Adverse Event(s)
ADA
Anti-drug antibody
AIDS
Acquired immunodeficiency syndrome
ALP
Alkaline phosphatase
ALT
Alanine aminotransferase
AML
Acute myeloid leukemia
ANC
Absolute neutrophil count
AST
Aspartate aminotransferase
AUC(0-)
Area under the concentration-time curve over the dosing interval
-HCG
Beta-Human Chorionic Gonadotropin
BSA
Body surface area
BUN
Blood urea nitrogen
CAF
Cytokines and Angiogenic Factors
Cav
Average concentration
CBC
Complete blood count
CfDNA
Circulating cell free DNA
CL
Systemic clearance of parent drug
CLCR
Creatinine clearance
Cmax
Maximum observed concentration 
CT
Computed tomography
Cτ
Pre-dose (trough) concentration at the end of the dosing interval
CO2
Carbon dioxide
CPMS
Clinical Pharmacokinetic Modeling and Simulation
CNS
Central nervous system
CR
Complete response
Ct
Last observed quantifiable concentration
DLT
Dose-limiting toxicity
DNA
Deoxyribonucleic acid
EC
Ethics committee
ECG(s)
Electrocardiogram(s)
ECHO
Echocardiogram
ECL
Electrochemiluminescent
ECOG
Eastern Cooperative Oncology Group
eCRF
Electronic case report form
EGF
Endothelial growth factor
FDA
Food and Drug Administration
FGF
Fibroblast growth factor
FGFR1
Fibroblast growth factor receptor 1
FISH
Fluorescence in situ hybridization
FSH
Follicle Stimulating Hormone
FTIM
First time in man
GCP
Good Clinical Practice
GFR
Glomerular filtration rate 
GGT
Gamma glutamyltransferase

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
FGF117360
12
GSK
GlaxoSmithKline
HIV
Human Immunodeficiency Virus
h/hr
Hour(s)
IB
Investigator’s Brochure
ICH
International Conference on Harmonization
IEC
Independent Ethics Committee
IgG1
Immunoglobulin G1
IHC
Immunohistochemistry
IND
Investigational New Drug
INR
International normalization ratio
IP
Investigational Product
IRB
Institutional Review Board
IU
International Unit
IV
Intravenous
kg
Kilogram
L
Liter
LDT/IUO
Laboratory developed test for investigational use only
LLN
Lower limit of normal
LVEF 
Left Ventricular Ejection Fraction
MedDRA
Medical Dictionary for Regulatory Activities
mg
Milligrams
mL
Milliliter
msec
Milliseconds
MFD
Maximum Feasible Dose
MPM
Malignant pleural mesothelioma
MRI
Magnetic resonance imaging
MTD
Maximum tolerated dose
NSCLC
Non-small cell lung cancer
NCI-CTCAE
National Cancer Institute - Common Terminology Criteria for Adverse 
Events
NYHA
New York Heart Association
ORR
Overall response rate
PD
Progressive disease or pharmacodynamics
PET
Probability of early termination
PFS
Progression-free survival
PGx
Pharmacogenetics
PK
Pharmacokinetic
PO
Per os, by mouth
PR
Partial response
PTT
Partial thromboplastin time
QTc
Corrected QT interval duration
QTcB
QT interval corrected for heart rate by Bazett’s formula
QTcF
QT interval corrected for heart rate by Fridericia’s formula
RAMOS
Registration and Medication Ordering System
RAP
Reporting and Analysis Plan
RBC
Red blood cells

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
FGF117360
13
RECIST
Response Evaluation Criteria in Solid Tumors
RNA
Ribonucleic acid
SAE
Serious adverse event(s)
SCCHN
Squamous cell carcinoma of the head and neck
SD
Standard deviation or stable disease
SMRP
Soluble mesotheline-related peptides
SPM
Study Procedures Manual
t
Time of last observed quantifiable concentration
t1/2
Terminal phase half-life
τ
Dosing interval
TGI
tumor growth inhibition 
TSH
Thyroid stimulating hormone
TTG
Time to tumor growth
ULN
Upper limit of normal
UK
United Kingdom
UPC
Urine protein creatinine
US/USA
United States/United States of America
Vd
Apparent volume of distribution after IV administration
WBC
White blood cells
Trademark Information
Trademarks of the GlaxoSmithKline 
group of companies
Trademarks not owned by the 
GlaxoSmithKline group of companies
NONE
Alimta
Paraplatin
Platinol
Taxol
Taxotere

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
FGF117360
14
PROTOCOL SYNOPSIS
Title: Multi-arm, Non-randomized, Open-Label Phase IB Study to Evaluate 
GSK3052230 in Combination with Paclitaxel and Carboplatin, or Docetaxel or as Single 
Agent in Subjects with Solid Malignancies and Deregulated FGF Pathway Signaling
Protocol Number: FGF117360
Clinical Phase: IB
Compound: GSK3052230
Study Rationale: FGF receptor 1 (FGFR1) amplification has been identified in 
approximately 20% of squamous non-small cell lung cancer (NSCLC) with suggested 
tumor dependence on fibroblast growth factor (FGF) pathway signaling in this subset. 
FGFR1 amplification has been associated with significantly shorter disease free and 
overall survival in NSCLC [Kim, 2013]. GSK3052230 inhibits the FGF pathway through 
binding and sequestering of FGF ligands and has demonstrated tumor growth inhibition 
in several tumor xenograft models [Harding, 2013]. Carboplatin and paclitaxel can be 
used in first line therapy of metastatic NSCLC and docetaxel is a standard second line 
agent. Additive antitumor effect was demonstrated in tumor xenograft models treated 
with the combination of GSK3052230 and chemotherapy including paclitaxel and 
carboplatin as well as docetaxel. Based on the clinical and preclinical data, the 
combination of GSK3052230 in combination with chemotherapy will be investigated in 
patients with metastatic squamous NSCLC in Arms A and B.
FGF ligand-dependent signaling plays an important role in cancer development and 
tumor maintenance. GSK3052230 has been shown to inhibit tumor growth in non-
amplified FGFR1 tumor xenograft models where FGF2 mRNA was overexpressed 
[Harding, 2013]. Malignant pleural mesothelioma (MPM) is a tumor type where FGF2 
ligand overexpression has been observed in a high percentage of primary specimens and 
where GSK3052230 preclinical efficacy has been observed in xenograft models. 
Pemetrexed and cisplatin are standard agents used in first line therapy of MPM. In Arm 
C, the combination of GSK3052230 and pemetrexed + cisplatin will be investigated in 
patients with MPM who are not surgically resectable or have relapsed after surgery or 
localized treatment.
Study Design: This will be a multi-arm, multicenter, non-randomized, parallel-group, 
uncontrolled, open-label Phase IB study designed to evaluate the safety, tolerability and 
preliminary activity of GSK3052230 in combination with paclitaxel + carboplatin in 
previously untreated metastatic squamous NSCLC (Arm A), in combination with 
docetaxel in metastatic squamous NSCLC that has progressed after at least 1 line of 
chemotherapy (Arm B), or in combination with pemetrexed + cisplatin in MPM 
previously untreated with chemotherapy or investigational agents (Arm C). 
Objectives and Endpoints:
The primary objectives and endpoints are noted below. The full objectives and endpoints 
(primary, secondary andexploratory) are located in the main protocol in Section 2.

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
FGF117360
15
Primary Objectives:

To characterize the safety and tolerability of GSK3052230 in combination with 
chemotherapy regimens.

To determine the regimen of GSK3052230 in combination with chemotherapy for 
evaluation in future studies based on the maximum tolerated dose (or maximum
feasible dose).

To assess the overall response rate (ORR) in each treatment arm.
Primary Endpoints:

Measurements used to evaluate safety and tolerability will include rate and severity 
of adverse events (AEs), withdrawals due to AEs, dose interruptions and reductions, 
treatment duration, and dose-limiting toxicities (DLTs) as well as change from 
baseline for the following: physical examinations, vital signs,12-lead 
electrocardiograms (ECGs), echocardiograms (ECHO), clinical laboratory tests.

Maximum tolerated dose (MTD) or maximum feasible dose (MFD).

Best response defined as complete or partial response, stable disease or progressive 
disease according to Response Evaluation Criteria in Solid Tumors (RECIST) 1.1. 
ORR defined as the proportion of subjects with investigator-assessed confirmed 
complete response or partial response per RECIST 1.1.
Hypotheses:
Arm A: H0: p≤25% versus HA:p≥45%
Arm B: H0: p≤10% versus HA:p≥25%
Arm C: H0:p≤40% versus HA: p≥60%
Number of Subjects: Approximately 70 subjects (minimum of 38 and up to 120, 
alternative dosing cohorts could potentially add another 6 to ~40 subjects).
Inclusion Criteria: A high level summary of the inclusion and exclusion criteria are 
denoted below. The full details of inclusion and exclusion criteria are located in the main 
protocol Section 3.2.
1.
Histologically or cytologically confirmed diagnosis:
Arms A and B: Stage IIIB or IV or recurrent metastatic squamous NSCLC (TNM 
Staging for NSCLC, 7th Edition) with FGFR1 gene amplification by central 
laboratory testing.
Arm C: recurrent after local treatment or unresectable MPM with measurable 
lesions.

For specific arms the following requirements:
Arm A: Subjects who have received no prior therapy for Stage IV or recurrent 
metastatic disease. Note, to avoid any undue delay of initiating systemic
chemotherapy for these subjects with newly diagnosed metastatic disease, it is 
allowed to initiate the first cycle of chemotherapy while eligibility for the study is 

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
FGF117360
16
still being determined, as long as the first dose of GSK3052230 is given no later than 
Cycle 2 Day 1 of chemotherapy.
Arm B: Subjects who have documented tumor progression (based on radiological 
imaging), or intolerability, after receiving only at least prior line of platinum 
containing combination chemotherapy for metastatic disease. 
Arm C: Subjects who have received no prior systemic therapy for MPM.
2.
Availability of archival tumor tissue required. If archival tissue is not available, a 
fresh biopsy is required.
3.
Measurable disease per RECIST version 1.1 for Arms A & B and by modified 
RECIST for Arm C.
4.
Eastern Cooperative Oncology Group (ECOG) Performance Status of 0-1 for Arm A
and C and 0-2 for Arm B. 
Exclusion Criteria:
1. For Arms A,  C: Treatment with any FGFR inhibitor.
For Arm B: Treatment with any anti-cancer therapy (for biological anti-cancer 
therapies see criteria 2.) during the preceding 4 weeks or within 4 half-lives of the 
therapy, whichever is longer.
2. Receipt of any biological therapy within 6 weeks of the first dose of GSK3052230.
3. Conditions likely to increase the potential for abdominal perforation or fistula 
formation.
4. Symptomatic leptomeningeal or brain metastases or spinal cord compression.
Study Treatment Dose/Route/Regimen: GSK3052230 will be administered via 
intravenous infusion (i.v.) once weekly in each 21-day cycle. GSK3052230 will be 
diluted in a 250 mL (nominal volume) i.v. bag containing either 5% dextrose solution or 
normal saline and administered over 30 minutes. Paclitaxel and carboplatin (Arm A), 
docetaxel (Arm B), and pemetrexed and cisplatin (Arm C) will be administered per 
product label on Day 1 of each cycle.
Study Assessments: Prior to starting the study informed consent will be obtained from 
all subjects. Safety assessments and study procedures include: medical history, review 
inclusion/exclusion criteria, physical exam, vital signs, weight, height, ophthalmologic 
exam, ECHO, Eastern Cooperative Oncology Group Performance Status (ECOG PS), 
laboratory assessments (hematology, coagulation, pancreatic markers, chemistry, thyroid, 
pregnancy, urinalysis), ECG, and immunogenicity sampling. Radiologic and disease 
assessments include brain scan and bone scan. Patient reported outcomes will be assessed 
using the Lung Cancer Symptom Scale or Lung Cancer Symptom Scale Mesothelioma 
[LCSS(-meso)]. Additional samples (blood, plasma or tissue) will be obtained for 
pharmacokinetic, pharmacodynamic, or translational research.  An optional 
pharmacogenetic blood sample may be obtained if subject consents.

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
FGF117360
17
1.
INTRODUCTION
1.1.
The FGF Pathway in Cancer
Preclinically, the fibroblast growth factor (FGF) pathway plays many roles in the 
development of cancer, including regulation of cell growth and differentiation, regulation 
of angiogenesis and participation in tumor-stroma interactions. FGFs can stimulate the 
proliferation of tumor cells and tumor cell lines. Blockade of FGF signaling can prevent 
tumor cell growth [Lamont, 2011].
There are 22 known human FGFs (for a review on FGFs and their role in cancer see 
[Beenken, 2009]. The expression of the FGFs is restricted to specific tissues, cell types, 
and/or developmental stages with the exception of FGF-1 and FGF-2, both of which are 
expressed in essentially all adult tissues.  FGF signaling is mediated by a family of trans-
membrane receptor tyrosine kinases encoded by four distinct genes producing FGF 
receptor subtypes termed FGFR1-4.  Many FGFs bind with high affinity to multiple FGF 
receptors, and as such, each FGF receptor has a characteristic binding profile.  The FGF 
proteins trigger their 4 cognate receptor tyrosine kinases (FGFRs) to generate a range of 
cellular proliferation, survival, and differentiation responses [Itoh, 2007].
FGFR1 is the best characterized of the 4 FGFRs. FGFR1 acts through multiple 
mechanisms in the promotion of tumor cell growth and survival. FGFR1 signaling 
increases the mitotic rate of tumor cells, promotes tumor angiogenesis, and helps 
maintain the tumorigenicity of tumor stem cells. Many tumor cell lines are responsive to 
and dependent on FGFR1 signaling for growth in vitro, and tumor cell lines become 
resistant to cytotoxic agents when stimulated with FGF2 [Song, 2000]. 
FGF ligand-dependent signaling occurs through autocrine production of FGFs directly 
from cancer cells or through paracrine production of FGFs from the local stroma [Turner, 
2010]. FGF2-FGFR1 autocrine feedback loops have been characterized in several tumor 
types and may have a role in drug resistance upon exposure to chemotherapy or targeted 
agents such as gefitinib [Sharpe, 2011; Marek, 2009]. Overexpression of FGFs is readily 
detectable by immunohistochemical approaches, as several studies have shown high 
levels of FGF2 protein in MPM tumor specimens [Kumar-Singh, 1999; Davidson, 2004; 
Li, 2011]. Further, overexpression or high systemic levels of FGF ligands correlate with 
tumorigenesis and poor patient outcome. These discoveries support the notion that 
specific treatments targeting FGF pathway alterations may provide benefit in this 
population.
1.2.
Lung Cancer
Various in vitro studies utilizing non-small cell lung cancer (NSCLC) cell lines reveal 
that specific FGFs (FGF2 and FGF9) as well as FGFR1 and FGFR2 are frequently co-
expressed [Berger, 1999; Chandler, 1999; Fischer, 2008; Kono, 2009].  In addition, 
frequent expression of FGF2, FGFR1 and FGFR2 mRNA and protein in primary NSCLC 
specimens have been demonstrated [Kono, 2009]. Further it has been shown that FGFR1
gene amplification is associated with sensitivity to FGFR1 inhibition in non-small cell 
lung cancer (NSCLC) cell lines [Dutt, 2011]. 

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
FGF117360
18
Increased expression of FGFRs, FGFR1 gene amplification, or production of FGFs 
correlates with poor prognosis in a variety of tumor types including NSCLC [Nguyen, 
1994; Kim, 2013]. A focal amplification of the FGFR1 gene has been detected in 
approximately 20% of subjects with squamous NSCLC [Weiss, 2010], a histological 
subtype of NSCLC which previously had very limited evidence of molecular alterations 
amenable to targeted drug therapy. 
1.3.
Mesothelioma
Malignant mesothelioma remains a deadly disease with few effective therapies. Although 
the incidence of mesothelioma is leveling off in the United States, the incidence in 
Western Europe, China, Russia, and India continues to rise [Ettinger, 2012]. The median 
overall survival ranges from 9-17 months regardless of disease stage [Tsao, 2009]. The 
standard of care for the front-line treatment of mesothelioma remains cisplatin and 
pemetrexed with the combination regimen having a 41% response rate, a median time to 
progression of 5.7 months, a median overall survival of 12.1 months, and significant 
improvements in quality of life [Vogelzang, 2003; Gralla, 2003]. There remains no 
widely approved regimen for recurrent mesothelioma although pemetrexed (if not used in 
the front-line), vinorelbine, and gemcitabine are agents that have been used with limited 
success [Jassem, 2008; Stebbing, 2009; Manegold, 2005]. A recently completed Phase III 
study of vorinostat versus placebo in 660 patients with recurrent mesothelioma reported a 
median progression-free survival (PFS) of 6.3 versus 6.1 weeks and median overall 
survival (OS) of 31 versus 27 weeks in vorinostat vs. placebo respectively, which 
represents the largest Phase III study completed to date in recurrent mesothelioma 
[Krug, 2011]. These poor PFS and OS data underscore the need for more effective 
therapies in recurrent mesothelioma.
1.4.
GSK3052230
1.4.1.
Background
GSK3052230 was originally developed as FP1039 and was also briefly known as 
HGS1036. All three names refer to the same molecular entity and differ only in the 
extinction coefficient used to calculate the concentration of drug. Please refer to the 
Investigators Brochure (IB) for additional details [GlaxoSmithKline Document Number
2013N160379_00].
GSK3052230 is a soluble fusion protein consisting of the extracellular domains of human 
fibroblast growth factor receptor 1 (FGFR1) isoform α-IIIc linked to the modified hinge 
and native Fc regions of human immunoglobulin G1 (IgG1).  GSK3052230 acts as a 
fusion protein “trap” that sequesters FGFs that may be involved in the growth of tumor 
cells or the associated vasculature mediated by FGFRs. In this manner, GSK3052230 
may have anti-tumor activity either by inhibiting tumor cell proliferation and/or by 
inhibition of tumor associated angiogenesis. 
1.4.1.1.
Preclinical data on GSK3052230
Seventy-eight tumor-derived xenograft models were treated with GSK3052230 (FP1039) 
as a single agent.  Twenty-eight models were found to show significant tumor growth 

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
FGF117360
19
inhibition (TGI), including models of NSCLC, small cell lung cancer, mesothelioma, 
squamous cell carcinoma of the head and neck (SCCHN), endometrial, colon and breast 
cancer [Harding, 2010; Harding, 2013].  In lung cancer xenografts, GSK3052230-teated 
tumors harboring FGFR1 gene amplification displayed an average of 56% TGI compared 
to 22% TGI in non-amplified FGFR1 xenografts (p=0.03)[Harding, 2013]. FGF2 mRNA 
levels displayed the highest ratio (247.7-fold) of median gene expression between 
GSK3052230 responder and nonresponder xenograft models and was the only marker 
that correlated with response in the subset of non-amplified FGFR1 lung cancer 
xenografts where significant tumor growth inhibition was observed [Harding, 2013]. 
To further extend this observation, GSK3052230 was tested in models of mesothelioma, 
a tumor type shown to express high levels of FGF2 mRNA in cell lines and in primary 
tumor specimens [DeYoung, 2014]. GSK3052230 inhibited MAPK signaling as 
evidenced by decreased phospho-ERK levels in both NCI-H226 and MSTO-211H cells. 
When both cell lines were grown as tumor xenografts in mice, GSK3052230 inhibited 
tumor growth in a dose-dependent manner (NCI-H226: 16 – 78% TGI; MSTO-211H: 20 
– 50% TGI). Because FGFs also play a key role in angiogenesis, the effects of 
GSK3052230 on tumor vessel formation in NCI-H226 xenografts were explored 
[DeYoung, 2014]. Dose-dependent and statistically-significant reductions in tumor vessel 
density were observed in GSK3052230-treated tumors compared to vehicle-treated 
tumors using MECA-32 endothelial cell IHC staining. Therefore, FGFR1 amplification 
or FGF2 overexpression served as predictive markers of response to GSK3052230.
An additional thirty tumor xenograft models were treated with GSK3052230 in 
combination with other anti-cancer agents including chemotherapy and targeted agents. 
In general, the combination of GSK3052230 and a second agent was more effective than 
either GSK3052230 or the other agent when administered alone. In A549 lung 
xenografts, GSK3052230 treatment (15 mg/kg) alone resulted in 42% tumor inhibition 
(not significant). Carboplatin (25 mg/kg) plus paclitaxel (30 mg/kg) alone resulted in 
73% tumor inhibition (p < 0.001), and carboplatin plus paclitaxel and GSK3052230 
resulted in 86% tumor inhibition (p < 0.001) compared to vehicle treated animals. In two 
prophylactic models (A549 and NCI-H1703) the combination of GSK3052230 and 
docetaxel showed tumor growth inhibition of 58% (p < 0.01) and 97% (p < 0.001) 
compared to 46% and 26% with GSK3052230 alone (both not significant).  In these three 
models, the addition of GSK3052230 did not confer additional toxicity compared to 
chemotherapy alone [GlaxoSmithKline Document Number 2013N160379_00].
1.4.2.
First-time-in-human study FP1039-001
GSK3052230 has been studied in a Phase 1, open-label, dose-escalation study (Protocol 
FP1039-001, please refer to Investigator Brochure, GlaxoSmithKline Document Number 
2013N160379_00).  No maximum tolerated dose (MTD) was identified in this study 
exploring a dose range from 0.6 to 20 mg/kg/week of GSK3052230.  The 20 mg/kg once 
weekly dosing schedule was determined to be safe and was declared the ‘maximum 
feasible dose’ (MFD) taking into account the high absolute dose of drug as well as 
achievement of the desired target concentration based on preclinical studies.

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
FGF117360
20
1.4.2.1.
Clinical Pharmacokinetics of GSK3052230
In study FP1039-001, the GSK3052230 PK profiles were assessed following the 1st and 
4th doses and were found to be typical of a large protein, with an initial distribution phase 
and a terminal elimination phase.  The profile in humans is similar to that observed in 
rats, dogs, and chimpanzees.  After the 1st dose, the mean terminal phase half-life (t1/2) 
ranged from 63 to 92 h, while after the 4th dose t1/2 ranged from 87 to 125 h. Systemic 
clearance (CL) ranged from 0.0648 to 0.101 L/h across the dose range and appears to be
independent of dose.  The maximum plasma GSK3052230 concentration (Cmax) and 
area under the plasma GSK3052230 concentration-time curve during a dosing interval 
(AUC(0-)) increased proportionally to dose.  Some accumulation was observed after 4 
weekly doses; Cmax after the 4th infusion was 11% to 42% higher than Cmax after the 
1st dose, and AUC(0-) was 30% to 61% higher after the 4th dose compared to the 1st 
dose.  The pharmacokinetic analysis supports a weekly IV dosing schedule of between 10 
and 20 mg/kg, when used as monotherapy, achieving the desired target concentration 
throughout the dosing interval.
1.4.2.2.
Clinical Safety of GSK3052230
GSK3052230 has been investigated as monotherapy in a first-time-in-man (FTIM) study 
(FP1039-001) including a total of 39 subjects with different tumor types. It should be 
noted that the study population was heavily pretreated with a median of 4 prior anticancer 
therapies (range 0-11). GSK3052230 IV once every week was considered tolerable over 
the dose range studied (0.6-20 mg/kg/week).  Mean duration of exposure was 54 days 
(13-203 days). One subject required a dose reduction (Grade 3 neutropenia event 
described below) and a total of 6 subjects experienced dose interruptions at any timepoint 
during the study. 
A total of 4 dose-limiting toxicities (DLTs) were reported over the course of the study 
and occurred at doses of 1.0 mg/kg (urticaria), 1.3 mg/kg (intestinal perforation and 
neutropenia each counted as an event), and 20 mg/kg (muscular weakness). After seeing 
2 DLTs at 1.3 mg/kg/week, 2 dose levels below 1.3 mg/kg were explored in 6 subjects 
each. Both these dose levels were considered tolerable.  Since the DLT of intestinal 
perforation was confounded by several known risk factors and of questionable relation to 
GSK3052230 (see below) and the DLT of neutropenia was a brief Grade 3 event, further 
exploration of this dose-level for a total of 6 subjects was carried out. Since there were no 
further DLTs at this dose level, dose escalation continued.  No clear evidence of dose-
related toxicity limiting the dose escalation was found, hence a MTD was not identified, 
rather, a ‘maximum feasible dose’ of 20 mg/kg was determined. 
The most common toxicities were diarrhea (44%), fatigue (44%) and nausea (26%), with 
no clear dose-related increases in frequency of any adverse events (AEs) except low 
grade nausea/vomiting seen at the highest dose-level.
The more commonly reported Grade 3 (severe) AEs involved metabolism and nutrition 
disorders as reflected in abnormal clinical chemistry values, reported for 7 subjects 
(17.9%) and consisted of hyperglycemia, hypokalemia, and hypophosphatemia (each 
reported by 2 subjects [5.1%]).  Of note, hyperphosphatemia that has been previously 
reported with agents targeting the FGF pathway was not identified in the study.  Other 

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
FGF117360
21
Grade 3 AEs reported by more than 1 subject were abdominal pain and dyspnea (each 
reported by 2 subjects [5.1%]).  A total of 2 subjects had Grade 4 and/or fatal AEs (1 
subject with Grade 4 pulmonary embolism and 1 subject with Grade 4 leukopenia, Grade 
4 neutropenia, and Grade 5 respiratory failure).
A total of 12 serious adverse events (SAEs) were reported in 11 subjects during the 
course of this study.  Two SAEs, intestinal perforation and worsening bilateral leg 
weakness/peripheral neuropathy, were considered at least possibly related to 
GSK3052230.  Intestinal perforation occurred in a subject with malignant liposarcoma of 
the retroperitoneum treated with several resections and abdominal radiotherapy, who died 
of intestinal perforation 17 days after last dose of GSK3052230.  The tumor mass 
involved the bowel at study entry; this was also a DLT event.  The second subject 
developed exacerbation of pre-existing bilateral leg weakness and died of acute 
respiratory failure secondary to pneumonia 43 days after last dose of GSK3052230.  The 
subject had colon cancer with metastatic spread to the lungs, and had pre-existing 
peripheral neuropathy since 2005.  After 3 weeks on study the neuropathy worsened and 
GSK3052230 was discontinued.  MRI of brain and spinal cord was normal and the 
subject was transferred to a rehabilitation facility where he died 19 days later.
A total of five deaths were reported in the study.  Please refer to the Investigator 
Brochure, GlaxoSmithKline Document Number 2013N160379_00, for further details.
1.4.2.3.
Anti-tumor Activity with GSK3052230
No activity in terms of objective tumor responses were seen in the FTIM study which 
was carried out in a population unselected for deregulation of FGF signaling pathway. 
For subjects with evaluable disease, the best overall tumor response (Response 
Evaluation Criteria in Solid Tumors [RECIST] 1.0) was stable disease (SD) for 15/36 
subjects (41.7%) and progressive disease (PD) for 17/36 subjects (47.2%). One subject 
with hormone resistant prostate cancer rapidly progressing on prior docetaxel, 
experienced a 20% reduction in tumor diameter and stable disease of 7 months duration.
1.5.
Chemotherapy (Paclitaxel, Carboplatin, Docetaxel, 
Pemetrexed, Cisplatin)
1.5.1.
Paclitaxel/Carboplatin
Paclitaxel, a mitotic inhibitor originally extracted from the pacific yew (Taxus 
brevifolia), has been shown to be active as a single agent and/or in combination with 
other chemotherapeutic drugs in subjects with ovarian cancer, breast cancer, NSCLC, and 
Kaposi’s sarcoma.  Paclitaxel causes side effects that are generally predictable and 
manageable. Neutropenia, the most frequent side effect, is generally of short duration.  
Peripheral neuropathy, myalgia, and arthralgia are usually noted with the administration 
of higher doses of paclitaxel (≥ 175 mg/m2) for several cycles. Paclitaxel causes rapid 
and usually complete alopecia.  Other toxicities include: mild to moderate nausea, 
vomiting, diarrhea, and mucositis [Taxol USPI, 2011].
Carboplatin is an analog of cisplatin with an improved toxicity profile. Bone marrow 
suppression is the major dose-limiting toxicity of carboplatin. Carboplatin has been 

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
FGF117360
22
shown to be active as a single agent and/or in combination with other chemotherapeutic 
drugs in subjects with ovarian cancer, NSCLC, bladder cancer, esophageal and other 
upper gastrointestinal cancer [Paraplatin USPI, 2010]. Nausea, vomiting, and loss of 
appetite are usually mild to moderate.  The pharmacokinetics (area under the time 
concentration curve [AUC] and the pharmacodynamic effects (hematologic toxicity) of 
carboplatin are much better predicted by glomerular filtration rate (GFR) based dosing as 
compared with the more traditional body surface area (BSA) dosing method [Calvert, 
1994]. 
The combination of paclitaxel and carboplatin has been developed to avoid overlapping 
neurotoxicity of paclitaxel with cisplatin and for its easier administration.  Several Phase 
2 and Phase 3 studies of the combination of paclitaxel and carboplatin have shown that 
the drug combination is active in subjects with NSCLC, ovarian cancer, bladder cancer, 
esophageal cancers, SCCHN cancers and other tumor types [NCCN Guidelines, 2012]. 
1.5.2.
Docetaxel
Docetaxel, a semi-synthetic analog of paclitaxel, acts by disrupting the microtubule 
network leading to apoptosis and cell death.  Docetaxel is used as a single agent in the 
treatment of NSCLC, breast cancer, and in combination with multiple other 
chemotherapies in the treatment of breast cancer, NSCLC, gastric cancer and SCCHN. 
The most common adverse events associated with the administration of docetaxel are 
infections, neutropenia, anemia, febrile neutropenia, hypersensitivity, thrombocytopenia, 
neuropathy, dysgeusia, dyspnea, constipation, anorexia, nail disorders, fluid retention, 
asthenia, pain, nausea, diarrhea, vomiting, mucositis, alopecia, skin reactions and myalgia 
[Taxotere PI, 2010]. 
1.5.3.
Pemetrexed/Cisplatin
Pemetrexed is a folate analog inhibitor that disrupts folate-dependent metabolic processes 
essential for cell replication. In vitro studies have shown that pemetrexed inhibits
thymidylate synthase, dihydrofolate reductase, and glycinamide ribonucleotide 
formyltransferase, which are folate-dependent enzymes involved in de novo biosynthesis 
of thymidine and purine nucleotides. Cisplatin is a heavy-metal complex containing a 
central platinum atom with 2 chloride atoms and 2 ammonia molecules in the cis 
position. Pemtrexed in combination with cisplatin is recommended for the treatment of 
mesothelioma [Alimta PI, 2004].
The most common adverse reactions (incidence ≥20%) with single-agent use of 
pemetrexed are fatigue, nausea, and anorexia. Additional common adverse reactions 
when used in combination with cisplatin include vomiting, neutropenia, leukopenia, 
anemia, stomatitis/pharyngitis, thrombocytopenia, and constipation [Alimta PI, 2004].
Common adverse reactions (incidence ≥20%) associated with cisplatin include 
nephrotoxicity, ototoxicity, myelosuppression, and nausea/vomiting. Other toxicities 
include vascular complications, serum electrolyte imbalance, Hyperuricemia, 
neurotoxicity, ocular toxicity, anaphylactic-type reactions, and hepatotoxicity [Platinol
PI, 2010].

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
FGF117360
23
1.6.
Summary of Risk Management
Further information on these potential risks can be found in the Investigator Brochure 
(IB) for GSK3052230 [GlaxoSmithKline Document Number 2013N160379_00].
Based on preclinical data and experience from the clinical study, as well as the toxicity 
profile of the combination agents, the following are events of interest:
Infusion-related reactions/Edema/Hypersensitivity: 

Generalized edema of unknown cause (not associated with measurable increase in 
histamine or cytokines) was a prominent observation in preclinical toxicology 
studies

Edema and hypersensitivity are potential overlapping toxicities between 
GSK3052230 and taxanes such as paclitaxel and docetaxel.

Subjects will be closely monitored for infusion-related reactions.

Subjects in the combination chemotherapy arms will already be receiving 
premedication with glucocorticoids (for the paclitaxel combination also 
antihistamines and H2 receptor antagonists) as part of the standard of care. 
Epinephrine for subcutaneous injection, diphenhydramine for IV injection, and any 
other medications and resuscitation equipment for the emergency management of 
anaphylactic reactions must be available in the room where the infusions are being 
performed.

If infusion reactions are noted in subjects not already premedicated with 
glucocorticoids, antihistamines and H2 receptor antagonists, appropriate 
premedication against hypersensitivity reactions may be initiated prior to the next 
infusions at the discretion of the investigator according to the institution’s standard 
practice.  All subjects who have experienced an infusion reaction should have 
GSK3052230 infused over 60 minutes instead of 30 minutes and pre-treated with 
appropriate local pretreatment guidelines. If the subject continues to have a reaction 
on re-challenge, the infusion of GSK3052230 may be prolonged for 90 minutes.
Anti-drug antibodies:

The antidrug antibody response in study FP1039-001 was generally weak with no 
apparent associated changes in drug exposure or clinical sequelae. Anti-drug 
antibodies will be monitored throughout the study.
Anterior uveitis:

Bilateral acute anterior uveitis was seen in preclinical toxicology studies. This is 
believed to be secondary to anti-drug antibody (ADA) immune complexes deposited 
in the eyes of the animals. No events of anterior uveitis were reported in study 
FP1039-001.

Optic neuritis, papilledema, and cerebral blindness have been reported in patients 
receiving standard recommended doses of cisplatin.

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
FGF117360
24

An ophthalmologic exam will be performed at screening and at Cycle 4 
(Section 7.3.7). If at any time the subject complains of photophobia, changes in 
vision, or eye pain; the ophthalmic examination finding are abnormal; or visual 
acuity has worsened by 3 lines or more since the start of the study the subject will be 
referred for a formal evaluation, including a slit-lamp examination and intraocular 
pressure, by a qualified ophthalmologist.
Wound healing:

Abnormal wound healing is a theoretical risk associated with inhibition of the FGF
signaling pathway. No events of abnormal wound healing have been reported 
previously. Subjects with non-healing wounds that, in the opinion of the investigator, 
would pose a significant medical risk to the subject should wound healing be further 
impaired, will be excluded from participation in this study. 

Interruption of therapy is recommended in subjects undergoing surgical procedures; 
treatment with GSK3052230 should be stopped at least 14 days prior to scheduled 
surgery and restarted only after complete healing has occurred and been documented 
in subject’s notes. 
Bowel perforation:

One subject developed fatal bowel perforation in Study FP1039-001.The subject’s 
history was notable for several risk factors for perforation.  However, GSK3052230 
may have anti-angiogenic activity that has previously been associated with a risk of 
bowel perforation, so subjects with conditions with an increased risk for bowel 
perforation are excluded from participation in this study.
Heart valve fibrosis:

Heart valve thickening due to fibrosis was noted at necropsy in 2 rats in a 4-week 
toxicology study. This finding was consistent with chronic persistent irritation and 
attributed to infusion catheter complications.

Subjects participating will undergo echocardiography at screening and Cycle 4 for 
evaluation of cardiac valve abnormalities and left ventricular ejection fraction 
(LVEF) changes (note, additional assessments may be obtained as clinically 
indicated or if the subject discontinues prior to Cycle 4). 
Peripheral Neuropathy 

One event of worsening bilateral leg neuropathy/muscle weakness was reported as a 
possibly related SAE in a subject with pre-existing neuropathy in Study FP1039-001.

Peripheral neuropathy is a potentially overlapping toxicity between GSK3052230, 
taxanes such as paclitaxel and docetaxel, and cisplatin.

Complete physical exam will be performed at screening. Also, disease-oriented 
physical examination will be performed on Day 1 of each cycle, Day 22 of the last 
cycle on treatment or 7 days after last visit off treatment, and 30 days after 
discontinuation of GSK3052230 therapy

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
FGF117360
25
Hypothyroidism:

Slightly reduced weight of the thyroid gland was seen in preclinical toxicology 
studies. In study FP1039-001, 2 events of hypothyroidism/increased thyroid 
stimulating hormone (TSH) were reported. 

Subjects participating in clinical studies with GSK3052230 will be assessed for TSH 
at baseline and periodically during the study. If TSH is abnormal, additional thyroid 
assessments (total T3, total T4, free T4) along with appropriate clinical assessments 
are warranted.
Hematologic toxicity:

Two events of neutropenia (Grade 3 and grade 4) were reported in Study FP1039-001 
for an overall rate of 5.1%. Furthermore, paclitaxel, docetaxel, and cisplatin have 
known bone-marrow toxicity. 

All subjects in the study will have their blood counts monitored regularly, and 
supportive therapy including blood transfusions and growth factor support is 
encouraged (Section 9.1).
Nephrotoxicity:

Dose-related and cumulative renal insufficiency, including acute renal failure, is the 
major dose-limiting toxicity of cisplatin. Renal toxicity has been noted in 28% to 36% 
of patients treated with a single dose of 50 mg/m2. It is first noted during the second
week after a dose and is manifested by elevations in BUN and creatinine, serum uric 
acid and/or a decrease in creatinine clearance. Renal toxicity becomes more 
prolonged and severe with repeated courses of the drug. Renal function must return to 
normal before another dose of cisplatin can be given.

One patient with severe renal impairment (creatinine clearance 19 mL/min) who did 
not receive folic acid and vitamin B12 died of drug-related toxicity following 
administration of pemetrexed alone.
Ototoxicity:

Ototoxicity has been observed in up to 31% of patients treated with a single dose of 
cisplatin 50 mg/m2, and is manifested by tinnitus and/or hearing loss in the high 
frequency range (4000 to 8000 Hz). Decreased ability to hear normal conversational 
tones may occur. Deafness after the initial dose of cisplatin has been reported. 
Hearing loss can be unilateral or bilateral and tends to become more frequent and 
severe with repeated doses. Careful monitoring per standard of care should be 
performed.

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
FGF117360
26
2.
OBJECTIVES AND ENDPOINTS
2.1.
Primary
Objectives
Endpoints
Primary
To characterize the safety and tolerability 
of GSK3052230 in combination with 
chemotherapy regimens.
Measurements used to evaluate safety 
and tolerability will include rate and 
severity of AEs, withdrawals due to AEs, 
dose interruptions and reductions, 
treatment duration, and DLTs as well as 
change from baseline for the following: 
physical examinations, vital signs,:12-lead 
ECGs, ECHO, clinical laboratory tests.
To determine the regimen of 
GSK3052230 in combination with 
chemotherapy for evaluation in future 
studies based on the maximum tolerated 
dose (or maximum feasible dose).
Maximum tolerated dose (MTD) or 
maximum feasible dose (MFD).
To assess the overall response rate 
(ORR) in each treatment arm.
Best response defined as complete or 
partial response, stable disease or 
progressive disease according to RECIST 
1.1 or modified RECIST (for MPM)
ORR defined as the proportion of subjects 
with investigator-assessed confirmed 
complete response or partial response per 
RECIST 1.1 or modified RECIST (for 
MPM)
2.2.
Secondary
Objectives
Endpoints
Secondary
To assess progression free survival 
(PFS) for each treatment arm. 
PFS is defined as the interval between first 
dose of GSK3052230 and the earliest date 
of disease progression or death due to 
any cause by investigator assessment per 
RECIST 1.1 or modified RECIST (for 
MPM)
Secondary
To characterize the population 
pharmacokinetics of GSK3052230 and 
identify important determinants of 
variability.
GSK3052230 population pharmacokinetic 
parameters such as clearance (CL) and 
volume of distribution (Vd), and relevant 
covariates which may influence exposure 
(e.g. age, weight, or disease related 
covariates).
Secondary
Assess improvement in Pulmonary 
Function Tests in Patients with MPM
Change from baseline in  Forced Vital 
Capacity (FVC) in patients with MPM

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
FGF117360
27
2.3.
Exploratory
Objectives
Endpoints
Exploratory
To describe the kinetics of tumor growth 
in the presence of GSK3052230 for 
each treatment arm and investigate the
relationship between tumor growth 
kinetics and clinical activity. 
Tumor size over time, tumor growth rate 
constants, and time to tumor growth 
(TTG) predicted with the model 
parameters. Additional analysis will be 
performed utilizing volumetric analysis.
Exploratory
To identify biomarkers that may predict 
response or resistance.
Evaluate potential predictive/prognostic 
biomarkers (DNA, RNA, or protein) of 
response in circulation and/or in tumor.
Exploratory
To evaluate the pharmacodynamic 
response in circulation following 
treatment.
Changes in circulating biomarkers (eg, 
proteins) implicated in FGFR or disease 
biology signalling in pre and post dose 
blood samples. 
Exploratory
To explore the relationship between PK, 
pharmacodynamic response, and 
clinical endpoints.
Predicted/observed exposure (AUC), 
trough concentrations (C), or other PK 
endpoints as compared to 
pharmacodynamic and clinical endpoints.
Exploratory
To develop and validate an assay to 
measure  FGFR1 gene amplification 
status such as, but not limited to, a 
Fluorescence in situ hybridization 
(FISH) -based assay..
Association of FGFR1 gene amplification 
with clinical response to support the 
development of an investigation use only 
test (IUO) and potential companion 
diagnostic for subject selection.
Exploratory
To investigate additional measures of 
FGF signaling pathway deregulation as 
potential predictive biomarkers for 
GSK3052230 in tissue.
Identification and validation of alternative 
measures of FGF signaling pathway 
deregulation retrospectivelysuch as 
ligand or receptor overexpression for 
example but not limited to FGF2 or 
FGFR1 expression   FGF2 
overexpression) as predictive biomarkers 
for subject selection and potential 
development of a companion diagnostic.
Exploratory
To evaluate changes in patient reported 
outcomes
Change from baseline and association 
with ORR in observer and patient 
assessed components of the Lung 
Cancer Symptom Scale (LCSS) and 
LCSS-meso
Pharmacogenetics
To investigate the relationship between 
genetic variants in the host DNA and 
the pharmacokinetics of GSK3052230
and/or the relationship between genetic 
variants in the host DNA and the 
efficacy, safety and tolerability of 
GSK3052230.
Refer to Appendix 1. 

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
FGF117360
28
3.
STUDY POPULATION
3.1.
Number of Subjects
Approximately 70 subjects will be enrolled in the study (minimum of 38 and up to 
approximately 120, alternative dosing cohorts could potentially add another 6 to ~ 40 
subjects). In addition to minimum and maximum sample sizes for each arm, sample sizes 
that would be expected under the null and alternative hypothesis rates are provided in 
Section 12.3.
3.2.
Subject Selection Criteria
Specific information regarding warnings, precautions, contraindications, AEs, and other 
pertinent information on the GSK study treatment or other study treatment(s) that may 
impact subject eligibility is provided in the Investigator Brochure [GlaxoSmithKline 
Document Number 2013N160379_00] and the individual product labels [Taxol PI, 2011], 
[Paraplatin PI, 2010], [Taxotere PI, 2010], [Alimta PI, 2004], [Platinol PI, 2010].
Deviations from inclusion/exclusion criteria are not allowed because they can potentially 
jeopardize the scientific integrity of the study, regulatory acceptability or subject safety. 
Therefore, adherence to the criteria as specified in the protocol is essential.
3.2.1.
Inclusion Criteria
Subjects eligible for enrolment in the study must meet all of the following criteria:
1.
Signed written informed consent;
2.
Histologically or cytologically confirmed diagnosis:
Arms A and B: Stage IV or recurrent metastatic squamous NSCLC [TNM 
classification of malignant tumors, 7th edition, 2009; Edge, 2010] with FGFR1 gene 
amplification by central laboratory testing.
Arm C: recurrent after local therapy or unresectable malignant pleaural 
mesothelioma (MPM) with measurable lesions.

For specific arms the following requirements:
Arm A: Subjects who have received no prior therapy for Stage IIIB or Stage IV or 
recurrent metastatic disease. Note, to avoid any undue delay of initiating systemic 
chemotherapy for these subjects with newly diagnosed advanced or metastatic 
disease, it is allowed to initiate the first cycle of chemotherapy while eligibility for 
the study is still being determined, as long as the first dose of GSK3052230 is given 
no later than Cycle 2 Day 1 of chemotherapy. In addition, subjects with Stage IIIB or 
Stage IV disease and recurrence after previous NSCLC that has been treated with 
surgery and adjuvant chemotherapy or a radio-chemotherapy regimen with curative 
intent are eligible, provided 6 months has passed since this treatment ended[TNM 
classification of malignant tumors, 7th edition, 2009; Edge, 2010].

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
FGF117360
29
Arm B: Subjects who have documented tumor progression (based on radiological 
imaging) or intolerability after receiving at least one prior line of platinum 
containing combination chemotherapy for Stage IIIB, Stage IV or recurrent 
metastatic disease [TNM classification of malignant tumors, 7th edition, 2009; Edge, 
2010].. Note: Prior treatment should not include docetaxel but may have included 
paclitaxel.
Arm C: Subjects who have received no prior systemic therapy for MPM.
3.
Availability of archival tumor tissue required for assessment of deregulated FGF 
pathway signaling eg, FGFR1 amplification or FGF2 or FGFR1 expression. If 
archival tissue is not available, a fresh biopsy is required. Please refer to Section 
7.7.1  
In Arms A and B, subjects will be prospectively screened for FGFR1 gene 
amplification using a FISH assay (note, local testing is permitted for pre-screening 
of subjects prior to central testing) for the dose expansion and the MTD/MFD 
cohorts only. For inclusion in this study, based on the central laboratory testing, 
FGFR1 gene amplification must meet one of the following criteria: a ratio of
FGFR1/CEN 8 of ≥2; or average number of FGFR1 signals per tumor nucleus of ≥6; 
or the percentage of tumor nuclei containing  ≥5 FGFR1 signals is ≥50%. 
In Arm C, FGF2 expression by IHC will be evaluated retrospectively in tissue 
samples by a central laboratory and is not a requirement for study entry.
4.
Measurable disease per RECIST version 1.1 (Arm A and B) and modified RECIST 
for Arm C.
5.
Male or female 18 years of age.
6.
Women of childbearing potential must have a negative serum pregnancy test within 
7 days of first dose of study treatment and agree to use effective contraception, as 
defined in Section 10, from 14 days prior to the first dose of study treatment, 
throughout the study, and for 6 months following the last dose of chemotherapy or 4 
weeks after the last dose of GSK3052230, whichever is latest.
7.
Men with a female partner of childbearing potential must have either had a prior 
vasectomy or agree to use effective contraception as described in Section 10.1.2 for 
at least 2 weeks prior to administration of the first dose of study treatment and for at 
least 6 months after the last dose of chemotherapy, to allow for clearance of any 
altered sperm.
8.
Eastern Cooperative Oncology Group (ECOG) Performance Status of 0-1 for Arms
A and C subjects and 0-2 for Arm B. 
9.
French subjects: In France, a subject will be eligible for inclusion in this study only 
if either affiliated to or a beneficiary of a social security category.
10. Must have adequate organ function as defined by the following baseline values:

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
FGF117360
30
Table 1
Inclusion Criteria: Adequate Organ Function
SYSTEM
LABORATORY VALUES
Hematologic
ANC
1.5 x 109/L
Hemoglobin a
9 g/dL 
Platelets
100 x 109/L
Partial thromboplastin time (PTT)
≤ 1.25 x ULN.
Hepatic
Albumin
2.5 g/dL
Serum total bilirubin b
1.25 times ULN (for Arm B: ULN ) 
AST and ALT
2.5 times ULN (for Arm B: 1.5 times ULN)
Renal
Serum Creatinine
Or
Measured or Calculated Creatinine Clearance c
1.5 x ULN
Or
≥45 mL/min  (Arm A or B) ≥65 mL/min (Arm C)
Cardiac
Left ventricular ejection fraction
≥50%by ECHO
a. Subjects should meet criteria in the absence of hematopoietic growth factors or transfusions.
b. If the serum total bilirubin is elevated at screening but the direct bilirubin is ≤ULN then the subject may be allowed to 
enter study.
c. Calculated by the Cockcroft and Gault formula.
NOTE: Laboratory results obtained during Screening should be used to determine 
eligibility criteria. In situations where laboratory results are outside the permitted range, 
the investigator may opt to retest the subject and the subsequent within range screening 
result may be used to confirm eligibility.
3.2.2.
Exclusion Criteria
Deviations from exclusion criteria are not allowed because they can potentially 
jeopardize the scientific integrity of the study, regulatory acceptability or subject safety. 
Therefore, adherence to the criteria as specified in the protocol is essential.
Subjects meeting any of the following criteria must not be enrolled in the study:
1.
For Arms A and C: Treatment with any FGFR inhibitor.
For Arm B: Treatment with any anti-cancer therapy (for biological anti-cancer 
therapies see criteria 2) during the preceding 4 weeks or within 4 half-lives of the 
therapy, whichever is longer.
2.
Receipt of any biological therapy within 6 weeks of the first dose of GSK3052230.
3.
Unresolved toxicity of National Cancer Institute Common Terminology Criteria for 
Adverse Events, version 4.03 (NCI CTCAE v4.03) [NCI, 2010] Grade 2 or higher 
from previous anti-cancer therapy, except alopecia
4.
Active malignancy other than the cancer under study. Subjects with a history of 
completely resected non-melanomatous skin carcinoma or successfully treated in situ 
carcinoma are eligible.
5.
Presence of uncontrolled infection.

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
FGF117360
31
6.
Prior major surgery or trauma within 28 days before first dose of study drug.
7.
Presence of any non-healing wound, fracture, or ulcer.
8.
Any prohibited medication(s) as described in Section 9.2.
9.
Conditions likely to increase the potential for abdominal perforation or fistula 
formation, including but not limited to:

Luminal intestinal cancers or bulky abdominal disease.

Presence or history of abdominal fistula, gastrointestinal perforation, peptic 
ulcer disease or intra-abdominal abscess within the six months prior to the first 
dose of GSK3052230.

Other risk factors for perforation, such as acute diverticulitis, obstruction or 
previous abdominal or pelvic radiation.
10. Symptomatic leptomeningeal or brain metastases or spinal cord compression.
NOTE: Subjects previously treated for these conditions are eligible if they meet 
both of the criteria below:
(1) have had stable CNS disease for at least 4 weeks after local therapy as assessed 
by imaging (contrast enhanced magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) or computed 
tomography (CT)) prior to Day 1, and
(2) are asymptomatic and off corticosteroids, or are on stable dose of corticosteroids 
for at least 4 weeks prior to Day 1.
11. Have a known immediate or delayed hypersensitivity reaction or idiosyncrasy to 
drugs chemically related to study drugs (GSK3052230, docetaxel, paclitaxel, 
carboplatin, pemetrexed, cisplatin) or their excipients that contraindicates their 
participation.
12. Known human immunodeficiency virus (HIV)-positive serology, acquired 
immunodeficiency syndrome (AIDS), or an AIDS-related illness.
13. Prior organ or allogeneic stem cell transplant.
14. The following cardiac abnormalities:

Corrected QT (QTc) interval 480 msecs

History of acute coronary syndromes (including unstable angina) within the past 
24 weeks

Coronary angioplasty, or stenting within the past 24 weeks

Class II, III, or IV heart failure as defined by the New York Heart Association 
(NYHA) functional classification system

Abnormal cardiac valve morphology (≥ Grade 2) documented by 
echocardiogram (subjects with Grade 1 abnormalities [i.e., mild 
regurgitation/stenosis] can be entered on study). 

History of known arrhythmias (except sinus arrhythmia and atrial fibrillation 
that is controlled) within the past 24 weeks

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
FGF117360
32
15. Presence or history of hemoptysis (>½ teaspoon of red blood) 2 weeks prior to the 
first dose of GSK3052230.
16. Any serious and/or unstable pre-existing medical, psychiatric disorder or other 
conditions that could interfere with subject’s safety, obtaining informed consent or 
compliance to the study procedures.
17. Current active liver or biliary disease (with the exception of Gilbert's syndrome or 
asymptomatic gallstones, liver metastases or otherwise stable chronic liver disease 
per investigator’s assessment).
18. Pregnant, lactating or actively breast feeding females.
19. French subjects: The French subject has participated in any study using an 
investigational study treatment(s) during the previous 30 days.
4.
INVESTIGATIONAL PLAN
4.1.
Discussion of Study Design
This will be a multi-arm, multicenter, non-randomized, parallel-group, uncontrolled, 
open-label Phase IB study designed to evaluate the safety, tolerability and preliminary 
activity of GSK3052230 in combination with paclitaxel + carboplatin (Arm A), in 
combination with docetaxel (Arm B), or in combination with pemetrexed + cisplatin 
(Arm C).
Figure 1
Study Schema
Pemetrexed/Cisplatin +
GSK3052230
3+3 design to determine
MTD  (MFD) in subjects with MPM
Arm C
Paclitaxel/Carboplatin +
GSK3052230
N=at least 12 and up to 30 sqNSCLC
Docetaxel+ GSK3052230
3+3 design to determine MTD (MFD) 
in subjects with sqNSCLC
Docetaxel+ GSK3052230
N=at least 14 and up to 30 sqNSCLC
Arm B
Paclitaxel/Carboplatin +
GSK3052230
3+3 design to determine
MTD  (MFD) in subjects with sqNSCLC
Arm A
Pemetrexed/Cisplatin +
GSK3052230
N=at least 12 and up to 30 MPM
Dose escalation will follow a 3+3 design as outlined in Section 4.2 for determination of 
MTD (or MFD).  A cohort expansion of at least 12 subjects will be treated at the MTD 
(or MFD) in each arm, with the option of expanding to a maximum of 30 subjects. 
Stopping rules based on anti-tumor activity were derived according to a predictive 
probability design for each arm of the study and are detailed in Section 4.2.1, Section 
4.2.2, and Section 4.2.3.

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
FGF117360
33
GSK3052230 will be administered as a 30-minute intravenous (i.v.) infusion once a week 
(Day 1, Day 8, Day 15) of each 21-day cycle. Paclitaxel/carboplatin, docetaxel, and 
pemetrexed/cisplatin will be administered i.v. on Day 1 of each 21-day cycle. The 
number of cycles of paclitaxel/carboplatin will be limited to 4 to 6 cycles. Subjects may 
continue to receive docetaxel and pemetrexed/cisplatin until disease progression or as 
long as they are considered to derive benefit from treatment. Subjects on 
pemetrexed/cisplatin may have their cisplatin stopped after 4 cycles per local clinical 
standards. Subjects who discontinue chemotherapy for reasons other than disease 
progression, may continue to receive GSK3052230 as long as they are considered to 
derive benefit from the treatment according to the criteria in Section 6.3. After 
discontinuation of GSK3052230, subjects will return after approximately 30 days (see 
Time and Events Table Section 7.1) for a follow-up visit to collect safety assessments, 
after which they will be considered to have completed the study.
Blood samples for pharmacokinetic, pharmacogenetic, and translational research will be 
obtained at specified times during the study.  Efficacy will be assessed every 2 cycles 
during the first year and every 4 cycles thereafter.
All study treatments, including investigational product, will be referred to as ‘study 
treatment’ for ease of presentation throughout the protocol.  For EU regulatory purposes, 
the term ‘investigational product’ will only be used in Section 5 when describing the 
GSK3052230.
Protocol waivers or exemptions are not allowed.  Therefore, adherence to the study 
design requirements, including those specified in the Time and Events Table 
(Section 7.1), are essential.
Supplementary study conduct information not mandated to be present in this protocol is 
provided in the accompanying Study Procedures Manual (SPM).  The SPM will provide 
the site personnel with administrative and detailed technical information that does not 
impact subject safety.
4.2.
GSK3052230 plus Chemotherapy
Dose escalation will follow a 3 + 3 dose-escalation procedure, described in Table 2. Dose 
limiting toxicities (DLTs) are based on any observed toxicity in the first 21 days of 
treatment (please see Section 4.2.4).  An additional (4th) subject is allowed in each cohort 
of 3 to ensure 3 evaluable subjects for determination of DLTs.  Evaluation of available 
safety data from at least 3 subjects who have completed a minimum of 21 days (1 cycle) 
is required prior to expanding a cohort or escalating to the next higher dose cohort.
Dose escalation will be explored in cohorts of 3 to 6 subjects to determine the MTD (or 
MFD), defined in Section 4.2.4.  The cohort may be expanded up to 9 subjects to further 
evaluate safety, pharmacokinetics and tolerability before dose escalation or reduction 
decision is determined. 

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
FGF117360
34
Table 2
Dose Escalation 3+3 Design Process for Arms A, B
Number of subjects at given dose 
level with DLT
Action
0 out of 3 subjects
Proceed to next relevant dose-level or expand cohort to a total of 
6 evaluable subjects as appropriate
1 out of 3 subjects
Accrue 3 additional evaluable subjects at current dose level for a 
total of 6 evaluable subjects
1 out of 6 subjects
Proceed to next relevant dose-level or expand cohort to 9 as 
appropriate.
2 or more out of 3 or 6 subjects in a 
dosing cohort a
The MTD has been exceeded. Dose reduction in this Arm should 
be considered. 
Either evaluate an intermediate dose lower than current dose or 
expand a prior cohort. 
a. If 9 subjects in a cohort, then 3 or more out of 9
4.2.1.
Arm A
The starting dose (Dose Level 0) and escalation/de-escalation schema for GSK3052230 
in combination with paclitaxel + carboplatin is presented in Table 3.  Depending on 
emerging data, additional intermediate or lower dose-levels beyond those described may 
be explored.
Table 3
Combination Therapy: Arm A GSK3052230 + Paclitaxel + Carboplatin
Dose Level
Dose of GSK3052230
(Weekly)
Paclitaxel + Carboplatin a
(once every 21 days)
Dose Level -2
5 mg/kg
135 mg/m2 + AUC 4 
Dose Level -1
5 mg/kg
175 mg/m2 + AUC 5 
Starting Dose Level 0
5 mg/kg
200 mg/m2 + AUC 6 
Dose Level 1
10 mg/kg
200 mg/m2 + AUC 6 
Dose Level 2
20 mg/kg
200 mg/m2 + AUC 6 
a. Carboplatin dose based on Calvert’s formula.
A total of at least 12 subjects will be enrolled at the target dose to further evaluate safety 
and efficacy. After 12 subjects have been enrolled, the number of observed confirmed 
responses will guide further enrolment according to the stopping rules.  The futility 
boundaries (inclusive) for ORR for Arm A are 0/12, 1/14, 2/17, 3/20, 4/22, 5/24, 6/26, 
7/27, 8/28, 9/29, and 10/30 subjects and are shown in tabular format in Section 12.7. Up 
to 30 subjects will be enrolled in Arm A. All available data will be considered in making 
enrollment decisions.
Arm A: Screening procedure for subjects on chemotherapy
To avoid any undue delay in initiating systemic chemotherapy for subjects with newly 
diagnosed Stage IV or recurrent metastatic disease, the first cycle of chemotherapy may 
be initiated while determination of eligibility is being completed for the present study.  

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
FGF117360
35
The first dose of GSK3052230 should be given no later than Cycle 2 Day 1 of 
chemotherapy.
Subjects who have started with the initial dose of systemic chemotherapy will have the 
following done:

Complete full screening procedures for FGF117360 as outlined in Section 7.1.

All treatment related toxicities (>Grade 2) should be resolved prior to starting 
GSK3052230.

Ensure documentation of all medical history (adverse events pre-baseline) in eCRF 
prior to start of treatment with GSK3052230.
4.2.2.
Arm B
The starting dose (Dose Level 0) and escalation/de-escalation schema for GSK3052230 
in combination with docetaxel is presented in Table 4.  Depending on emerging data, 
additional intermediate or lower dose-levels beyond those described may be explored.
Table 4
Combination Therapy: Arm B GSK3052230 + Docetaxel
Dose Level
Dose of GSK3052230
(weekly)
Docetaxel
(once every 21 days)
Dose Level -2
5 mg/kg
40 mg/m2
Dose Level -1
5 mg/kg
55 mg/m2
Starting Dose Level 0
5 mg/kg
75 mg/m2
Dose Level 1
10 mg/kg
75 mg/m2
Dose Level 2
20 mg/kg
75 mg/m2
A total of at least 14 subjects will be enrolled at the target dose to further evaluate safety 
and efficacy. After 14 subjects have been enrolled, the number of observed confirmed 
responses will guide further enrolment according to the stopping rules. The futility 
boundaries (inclusive) for ORR for Arm B are 0/14, 1/22, 2/26, 3/28, 4/29, and 5/30 
subjects and are shown in tabular format in Section 12.7 Up to 30 subjects will be 
enrolled in Arm B. All available data will be considered in making enrollment decisions.
4.2.3.
Arm C
Arm C will open for enrollment subsequent to Amendment 3. The starting dose of 
GSK3052230 (Dose Level 0) in Arm C will be 10 mg/kg, as long as the 5 mg/kg dose in 
combination with chemotherapy in Arm A did not exceed the MTD. Otherwise, the 
starting dose level in Arm C will be Dose Level -1. Dose levels and escalation/de-
escalation schema for GSK3052230 in combination with pemetrexed and cisplatin is 
presented in Table 5.  Depending on emerging data, additional intermediate or lower 
dose-levels beyond those described may be explored.

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
FGF117360
36
Table 5
Combination Therapy: Arm C GSK3052230 + Pemetrexed + Cisplatin
Dose Level
Dose of GSK3052230
(Weekly)
Pemetrexed + Cisplatin
(once every 21 days)
Dose Level -2
5 mg/kg
400 mg/m2 + 60 mg/m2
Dose Level -1
5 mg/kg
500 mg/m2 + 75 mg/m2
Starting Dose Level 0
10 mg/kg
500 mg/m2 + 75 mg/m2
Dose Level 1
20 mg/kg
500 mg/m2 + 75 mg/m2
A total of at least 12 subjects will be enrolled at the target dose to further evaluate safety 
and efficacy. After 12 subjects have been enrolled, the number of observed confirmed 
responses will guide further enrolment according to the stopping rules. The futility 
boundaries (inclusive) for ORR for Arm C are 2/12, 3/14, 4/16, 5/18, 6/20, 7/21, 8/23, 
9/24, 10/25, 11/26, 12/27, 13/28, 14/29 and 15/30 subjects and are shown in tabular 
format in Section 12.7 Up to 30 subjects will be enrolled in Arm C. All available data 
will be considered in making enrollment decisions.
4.2.4.
Dose-Limiting Toxicity
DLT will be defined as toxicities due to GSK3052230 or due to the combination of 
GSK3052230 with chemotherapy within Cycle 1 (first 21 days of period on study) that 
are unlikely to be due to another cause, such as the known effects of cytotoxics 
chemotherapy alone, disease progression, or accident, according to the criteria below: 

Grade 3 or 4 clinically significant non-hematological toxicity (excluding: Grade 3 
nausea/vomiting or Grade 3 diarrhea that responds to optimal medical care within 3 
days; Grade 3 infusion reactions that can be medically managed without the use of 
systemic pressors and allow completion of infusion.)

Grade 4 neutropenia lasting more than 7 days

Grade 4 febrile neutropenia

Grade 4 thrombocytopenia (of any duration)

Grade 4 clinically significant laboratory abnormalities with duration greater than 
48hrs

Treatment delay of 14 days or greater due to unresolved drug-related toxicity.

Any grade 2 toxicity which in the judgement of the investigator and GSK medical 
monitor is considered a DLT
Clinically significant toxicities that persist or occur beyond Cycle 1 that the investigator 
and GSK medical monitor consider dose-limiting may also be designated a DLT for the 
purpose of establishing MTD.
4.2.5.
Maximum Tolerated Dose
The MTD for the combination regimens will be defined as the highest dose level tested at 
which < 33% of subjects experience a DLT.  Up to 30 subjects for each regimen may be 
treated at the MTD or at the highest dose evaluated if the MTD is not reached (this dose 

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
FGF117360
37
will be described as the MFD).  The dose recommended for Phase 2 studies will take into 
consideration toxicity and tolerability from all dose levels and treatment cycles.
4.2.6.
Intra-Subject Dose Escalation or Dose De-escalation
Intra-subject dose escalations may be considered on a case-by-case basis, provided that
the higher dose level cohort from the 3+3 phase of the study has been cleared without a 
DLT, and after review of all safety data and approval by a GSK Medical Study Physician
and discussion with the investigator.  The subject on a lower dose level may be increased 
up to the highest dose level tested.  In this case, the subject may begin dosing at the 
higher dose level as it will have already been demonstrated to be tolerable and monitoring 
will be performed as described in the protocol. For example, a subject who enrolled at a 
dose level below the MTD (or MFD) and may be eligible for dose increases if the 
investigator believes the subject could benefit.
4.2.6.1.
Alternative Dosing and Schedule Cohorts
Additional doses and schedules may be explored based on emerging pharmacokinetic and 
safety data. Alterations may be made to the schedule of PK/PD sampling based on 
emerging PK data.  
The sample size of the “alterative dosing and schedule cohorts” will be based on the 3 + 3 
design with potential to expand to up to 30 subjects in this regimen.  
The rationale for exploring this alterative dosing and/or schedule is to expand on the 
safety, tolerability and preliminary efficacy.
4.3.
Rationale
4.3.1.
Rationale for Evaluation of GSK3052230 in Chemotherapy 
Combinations
FGFR1 amplification has been associated with significantly shorter disease free and 
overall survival in NSCLC [Kim, 2013; Heist, 2012].  Carboplatin and paclitaxel can be 
used in first line therapy of NSCLC and docetaxel is a standard second line agent.  
Pemetrexed and cisplatin is the standard first line therapy for mesothelioma. Additive 
antitumor effect was demonstrated in tumor xenograft models treated with the 
combinations of GSK 3052230 and chemotherapy including paclitaxel and carboplatin as 
well as docetaxel. Malignant pleural mesothelioma (MPM) is a tumor type where FGF2 
ligand overexpression has been observed in a high percentage of primary specimens and 
where GSK3052230 preclinical efficacy has been observed in xenograft models. Based 
on the clinical and preclinical data, the combination of GSK3052230 with chemotherapy 
will be investigated in patients with NSCLC or with mesothelioma.
4.3.2.
Rationale for Dose of GSK3052230
The highest dose tested in the Phase 1 study FP1039-001 was 20 mg/kg. A maximum 
tolerated dose was not determined in the Phase 1 trial; the 20 mg/kg dose was determined 
to be safe and was declared the maximum feasible dose.  This dose was not associated 

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
FGF117360
38
with toxicity in rat and dog toxicity studies of 13 weeks duration.  A 10 to 20 mg/kg dose 
is estimated to be the dose range needed to achieve clinical activity based on 
exposure/efficacy relationships in preclinical xenograft models.  In these efficacy models, 
trough plasma levels of GSK3052230 associated with tumor growth inhibition of 54% to 
69% ranged from approximately 0.2 to 23.3 µg/mL for preclinical doses of 1.3 mg/kg to 
12.8 mg/kg.  Levels within the upper part or above that range were achieved at clinical 
doses of GSK3052230 of 10 and 20 mg/kg.  Weekly dosing is required to maintain levels 
within the expected range for activity, based on PK analysis from the completed Phase 1 
study (GlaxoSmithKline Document Number 2013N160379_00).
4.3.3.
Rationale for Endpoints
Safety, tolerability and efficacy (ORR) are being assessed to address the primary 
objectives of the study. The safety assessments along with the PK will be important for 
determining the MTD (or MFD). The efficacy and pharmacodynamic assessments will 
further support the recommended phase II dose and expand the understanding regarding 
mechanism of action. Response rate stopping rules were determined separately for Arms 
A, B and C. In each case, the null hypothesis rate was determined using available 
literature and the alternative hypothesis rate constituted an improvement in therapy. 
Details of null and alternative hypothesis rates are provided in Section 12.3. Symptom 
assessments as measured by the LCSS and LCSS-meso were added to increase the 
understanding of the patient experience and perceptions.
4.4.
Study Treatment Assignment
Subjects will be identified by a unique subject number that will remain consistent for the 
duration of the study.  Upon completion of all the required screening assessments, 
eligible subjects will be registered into RAMOS (Registration and Medication Ordering 
System).
4.5.
Dosage and Administration of Study Treatments
4.5.1.
GSK3052230
Subjects in all arms will receive GSK3052230 administered as a 30-minute infusion once 
a week (Day 1, Day 8, and Day 15) of each 21-day cycle at the dosages specified in 
Section 4.2. Following infusion of GSK3052230, subjects should be observed for 1 hour 
prior to infusion of chemotherapeutic agents.  If infusion reactions are noted, subjects 
should be treated with antiemetics, steroids, or antihistamines at the discretion of the 
investigator and premedication according to institutional standards before further 
infusions of GSK3052230 should be considered.  Dose modifications should follow the 
guidelines in Section 4.7.4. Start and stop times of all infusions must be recorded.
4.5.1.1.
Study treatments: Alternative Dosing and Schedule cohorts
Subjects in these expansion cohorts will be dosed based on the pharmacokinetic and 
safety data from the ongoing study.  This will be determined at FGF117360 Study 
Investigator meetings (example: dose escalation meeting) and the minutes and 

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
FGF117360
39
agreements would be provided to IRB/Ethics prior to dosing in this “Alternative Dosing 
and Schedule” Cohorts.
4.5.2.
Paclitaxel + Carboplatin
Subjects in Arm A will receive pre-treatment for paclitaxel and carboplatin according to 
institutional standards. Paclitaxel according to the dose level being investigated as 
described in Table 3 will be administered intravenously over 3 hours (or according to 
local clinical standards) in a constant rate infusion on Day 1 of each 21 day treatment 
cycle immediately followed by i.v. carboplatin at a dose calculated for a target maximum 
AUC of AUC=6 as a 30 to 60 minute constant rate infusion (or according to local clinical 
standards).  A total of 4 to 6 cycles of paclitaxel/carboplatin will be administered per 
local clinical practice.
Carboplatin will be dosed using the Calvert Formula [Calvert, 1989]. This approach uses 
a mathematical formula, which is based on a subject’s pre-existing renal function or renal 
function and desired platelet nadir. Renal excretion is the major route of elimination for 
carboplatin. The formula calculates the dose based on a subject’s glomerular filtration 
rate (GFR in mL/min) as measured by Cr-EDTA clearance and carboplatin target area 
under the concentration versus time curve (AUC in mg/ml•min). With the Calvert 
formula, the total dose of carboplatin is expressed in mg, NOT mg/m2:
Total Carboplatin Dose (mg) = (target AUC) x (GFR1 + 25)
1NOTE: The GFR used in the above Calvert formula to calculate AUC-based 
carboplatin dosing should not exceed 125 mL/min. Therefore, the maximum 
carboplatin dose (mg) equals the target AUC (mg/ml•min) multiplied by 150 mL/min.
Maximum Carboplatin Dose (mg) = target AUC (mg/ml•min) x (150 mL/min)
The maximum dose is based on a GFR estimate that is capped at 125 mL/min for patients 
with normal renal function. No higher estimated GFR values should be used.
For a target AUC = 6, the maximum dose is 6 x 150 = 900 mg
For a target AUC = 5, the maximum dose is 5 x 150 = 750 mg
For a target AUC = 4, the maximum dose is 4 x 150 = 600 mg
The maximum target AUC explored in any cohort in this study is AUC=6. Therefore, 
using the Calvert formula above, the maximum carboplatin dose in mg should not 
exceed 900 mg.
The Cockroft-Gault formula (see Appendix 3) can be used to calculate the creatinine 
clearance (CLCR), which can be substituted for the GFR in the Calvert formula.
Additional information, packaging, preparation and administration information can be 
found in the prescribing information for carboplatin [Paraplatin USPI, 2010]. 
Dose modifications should follow the guidelines in Section 4.7. Start and stop times of all 
infusions must be recorded.

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
FGF117360
40
4.5.3.
Docetaxel
Subjects in Arm B will receive pre-treatment for docetaxel according to institutional 
standards. Docetaxel will be administered according to the dose level being explored as 
described in Table 4 as an i.v. infusion over 1 hour (or according to local clinical 
standards) on Day 1 of each 21 day cycle.  The subject is treated until progression or until 
the subject has been determined to have received maximum benefit.
For additional formulation, packaging, preparation and administration information, please 
refer to the current product labeling (e.g. US package insert or product monograph) for 
country specific docetaxel dosing guidelines.
Dose modifications should follow the guidelines in Section 4.7. Start and stop times of all 
infusions must be recorded.
4.5.4.
Pemetrexed and Cisplatin
Subjects in Arm C will receive pre-treatment for pemetrexed and cisplatin according to 
institutional standards. Pemetrexed according to the dose level being investigated (Table 
5) will be administered intravenously over 10 minutes (or according to local clinical 
standards) on Day 1 of each 21 day treatment cycle followed 30 minutes later by i.v. 
cisplatin infused over 2 hours.
Subjects will be hydrated and pre-medicated with folic acid and vitamin B12 supplements 
in order to reduce the incidence and severity of hematologic and gastrointestinal toxicities 
as well as cutaneous hypersensitivity reactions as per institutional guidelines.  
Recommendations for pre-medication are as follows:

1-2 liters of fluid infused for 8-12 hours prior to cisplatin dose (or hydration per local 
standard)

350-1000 g folic acid, once daily, by mouth for seven days preceding the first dose 
of pemetrexed, during treatment, and for 21 days following the last dose of 
pemetrexed

1000 g vitamin B12 by intramuscular injection in the week preceding the first dose 
of pemetrexed and every three cycles thereafter (subsequent vitamin B12 injections 
may be given on the same day as pemetrexed)

4 mg dexamethasone (or equivalent), twice daily, by mouth the day before, the day 
of, and the day after pemetrexed administration   
Additional information can be found in the prescribing information for pemetrexed 
[Alimta Package Insert, 2004] and cisplatin [Platinol, 2010]..  

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
FGF117360
41
4.6.
Safety Management Guidelines
4.6.1.
Liver Chemistry Stopping Criteria
Specific liver dose modification and discontinue guidance for docetaxel is presented in 
Table 8 (see Section 4.7.3). For subjects who are not being treated with docetaxel, please 
follow the guidelines below.
Liver chemistry threshold stopping criteria have been designed to assure subject safety 
and to evaluate liver event etiology during administration of study treatment(s) and the 
follow-up period. Study treatment(s) will be stopped if any of the following liver 
chemistry stopping criteria is/are met:
1.
Alanine aminotransferase (ALT) 3 times upper limit of normal (ULN) and bilirubin 
2 times ULN (or ALT 3 times ULN and international normalization ratio 
[INR] >1.5)
NOTE: Serum bilirubin fractionation should be performed if testing is available. If 
fractionation is unavailable, urinary bilirubin is to be measured via dipstick (a 
measurement of direct bilirubin, which would suggest liver injury).
2.
ALT 5 times ULN.
3.
ALT 3 times ULN if associated with the appearance or worsening of rash or 
hepatitis symptoms (fatigue, nausea, vomiting, right upper quadrant pain or 
tenderness, or jaundice) or hypersensitivity (such as fever, rash, or eosinophilia).
4.
ALT 3 times ULN persists for 4 weeks.
5.
ALT 3 times ULN and cannot be monitored weekly for 4 weeks.
Subjects with ALT 3 times ULN and <5 times ULN and bilirubin <2 times ULN, who 
do not exhibit hepatitis symptoms or rash, can continue study treatment(s) as long as they 
can be monitored weekly for 4 weeks. See following section for details on weekly 
follow-up procedures for these subjects.
4.6.1.1.
Liver Chemistry Follow-up Procedures
Refer to the diagram in Appendix 5 for a visual presentation of the procedures listed 
below.
The procedures listed below are to be followed if a subject meets the liver chemistry 
stopping criteria defined in Section 4.6.1:

Immediately and permanently withdraw the subject from study treatment. 

Notify the GSK Medical Monitor within 24 hours of learning of the abnormality to 
confirm the subject’s study treatment(s) cessation and follow-up.

Complete the “Safety Follow-Up Procedures” listed below.

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
FGF117360
42

Complete the liver event electronic case report forms (eCRFs). If the event also 
meets the criteria of a serious adverse event (SAE) (see Section 8.2), the SAE data 
collection tool will be completed separately with the relevant details.

Upon completion of the safety follow-up permanently withdraw the subject from the 
study and do not rechallenge with study treatment(s).
Safety Follow-Up Procedures for subjects with ALT 3 times ULN:

Monitor subjects weekly until liver chemistries (ALT, aspartate aminotransferase 
[AST], alkaline phosphatase [ALP], and bilirubin) resolve, stabilize or return to 
within baseline values.
Safety Follow-Up Procedures for subjects with ALT 3 times ULN and bilirubin 2 
times ULN (or ALT 3 times ULN and INR >1.5):

This event is considered an SAE (see Section 8.2). Serum bilirubin fractionation 
should be performed if testing is available. If fractionation is unavailable, urinary 
bilirubin is to be measured via dipstick (a measurement of direct bilirubin, which 
would suggest liver injury).

Make every reasonable attempt to have subjects return to the clinic within 24 hours 
for repeat liver chemistries, additional testing, and close monitoring (with specialist 
or hepatology consultation recommended).

Monitor subjects twice weekly until liver chemistries (ALT, AST, alkaline 
phosphatase, bilirubin) resolve, stabilize or return to within baseline values.
In addition, for all subjects with ALT 3 times ULN, every attempt must be made to 
also obtain the following:

Viral hepatitis serology including:

Hepatitis A Immunoglobulin M (IgM) antibody.

Hepatitis B surface antigen and Hepatitis B Core Antibody (IgM).

Hepatitis C ribonucleic acid (RNA).

Cytomegalovirus IgM antibody.

Epstein-Barr viral capsid antigen IgM antibody (or if unavailable, obtain 
heterophile antibody or monospot testing).

Hepatitis E IgM antibody

Blood sample for PK analysis, obtained within 2 weeks of last dose. Record the 
date/time of the PK blood sample draw and the date/time of the last dose of study 
treatment(s) prior to blood sample draw on the eCRF. If a PK sample cannot be 
collected in the time period indicated above, do not obtain a PK sample.
Instructions for sample handling and shipping are included in the SPM. A subject 
may be requested to provide 2 samples for PK analysis (4mL sample per compound) 

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
FGF117360
43
if the samples are taken less than 2 days after the last dose of paclitaxel (Arm A) or 
docetaxel (Arm B).

Serum creatine phosphokinase and lactate dehydrogenase.

Fractionate bilirubin, if total bilirubin 2 times ULN.

Obtain complete blood count with differential to assess eosinophilia

Record the appearance or worsening of clinical symptoms of hepatitis or 
hypersensitivity, such as fatigue, nausea, vomiting, right upper quadrant pain or 
tenderness, fever, rash or eosinophilia, on the AE eCRF.

Record use of concomitant medication(s), acetaminophen, herbal remedies, other 
over-the-counter medication(s), or putative hepatotoxins on the Concomitant 
Medications eCRF.

Record alcohol use on the Liver Events eCRF.
The following are required for subjects with ALT 3 times ULN and bilirubin 2 times 
ULN but are optional for other abnormal liver chemistries:

Anti-nuclear antibody, anti-smooth muscle antibody, and Type 1 anti-liver kidney 
microsomal antibodies.

Liver imaging (ultrasound, magnetic resonance imaging [MRI] or computed 
tomography [CT] scan) to evaluate liver disease.

Liver Imaging and/or Liver Biopsy eCRFs are also to be completed if these tests are 
performed.
4.6.2.
QTc Stopping Criteria
If a subject meets the corrected QT (QTc)1 interval duration criteria below following 
manual over-read of the ECG, study treatment(s) will be withheld. 

QT interval corrected for heart rate by Fridericia’s formula (QTcF) >530 msec
1Based on average QTc value of triplicate electrocardiograms (ECGs) with manual over-
read. For example, if an ECG demonstrates a prolonged QT interval, obtain 2 additional 
ECGs over a brief period (e.g., within approximately 10 minutes of the abnormal ECG, if 
possible, and approximately 10 minutes apart from each other), and then use the averaged 
QTc values of the 3 ECGs to determine whether the subjects should have study 
treatment(s) withheld.
If the QTc prolongation resolves to Grade 1 or baseline, the subject may be re-started on 
the study treatment(s) if the investigator and GSK Medical Monitor agree that the subject 
will benefit from further treatment. Dose reduction should be considered if the signs or 
symptoms are indicative of a proarrhythmic potential.
For subjects recruited in France or the UK, please refer to Appendix 7 for the country 
specific QTc stopping criteria.

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
FGF117360
44
4.6.3.
Left Ventricular Ejection Fraction (LVEF) and Valvular Toxicity 
Stopping Criteria
4.6.3.1.
LVEF Stopping Criteria
Echocardiography must be performed at Screening and at Cycle 4 visit as outlined in the 
Time and Events Table (Section 7.1). Subjects who have an asymptomatic, absolute 
decrease of >10% in left ventricular ejection fraction (LVEF) compared with baseline and
the ejection fraction is below the institution’s lower limit of normal (LLN) should 
temporarily discontinue GSK3052230 and have a repeat evaluation of LVEF within 1 
week. Echocardiogram (ECHO) should be repeated every 1 to 2 weeks for 4 weeks or 
until LVEF recovery to above institutional LLN and within 10% of baseline.

If the LVEF recovers (defined as LLN and absolute decrease 10% compared 
with baseline) at any time during the next 4 weeks, after consultation and 
approval of the GSK Medical Monitor, the subject may be restarted on 
GSK3052230 at a reduced dose. For such subjects, monitoring of LVEF will be 
performed 3 weeks after rechallenge, and every 3 weeks thereafter for 6 weeks 
and then per protocol.

If repeat LVEF does not recover within 4 weeks, treatment with GSK3052230
should be permanently discontinued. Ejection fraction should be monitored 
every 4 weeks for a total of 16 weeks or until resolution.
Subjects with Grade 3 or 4 (symptomatic) left ventricular systolic dysfunction must 
discontinue treatment with GSK3052230.  Ejection fraction should be monitored every 
4 weeks for a total of 16 weeks or until resolution. 
Copies of all ECHOs and cardiology consultations performed on subjects who experience 
a >10% decrease in LVEF from baseline and whose cardiac ejection fraction is 
<institutional LLN may be required by GSK for review.  Additionally, the decrease in 
LVEF is to be reported as an SAE. Instructions for submitting qualifying ECHOs may be 
found in the SPM.
4.6.3.2.
Cardiac Valve Toxicity Stopping Criteria
Subjects who have a new asymptomatic, moderate regurgitation or stenosis by 
echocardiogram (ECHO) (Grade 2 mitral/tricuspid/aortic valvular toxicity per National 
Cancer Institute- Common Toxicity Criteria for Adverse Events [NCI-CTCAE], version 
4.03) should temporarily discontinue GSK3052230 and have a repeat evaluation by 
ECHO within 1 week.  Echocardiogram should be repeated every 1 to 2 weeks for 4 
weeks or until valve recovery to baseline.

If the valve recovers to baseline any time during the treatment cycle, after 
consultation and approval of the GSK Medical Monitor, the subject may be 
restarted on GSK3052230 at a reduced dose(s).  For such subjects, monitoring of 
the valve via ECHO will then be performed 3 weeks after rechallenge, as 
clinically appropriate.

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
FGF117360
45

If repeat ECHO does not reveal valve recovery to baseline within a treatment 
cycle, then the subject should permanently discontinue GSK3052230.  The valve 
should continue to be monitored via ECHO every 3 weeks after rechallenge, as 
clinically appropriate, until resolution.
Subjects with a Grade 3 or 4 (symptomatic, severe regurgitation/stenosis by imaging with 
symptoms controlled by medical intervention) valvular toxicity must discontinue 
GSK3052230.  Valvular toxicity should continue to be monitored every 3 weeks, as 
clinically appropriate, until resolution. 
ECHO must be performed at baseline and at Cycle 4.  Copies of all ECHO(s) and 
cardiology consultations performed on subjects who experience valvular toxicity may be 
required by GSK for review.  Additionally, the valvular toxicity is to be reported as an 
SAE. Instructions for submitting qualifying ECHOs are provided in the SPM.
4.6.4.
Management of Diarrhea
Diarrhea was reported in 44% of subjects participating in Study FP1039-001. The 
majority of these events were CTC grade 1 (88%) and no events of severe diarrhea were 
reported.  A baseline assessment of stool pattern is recommended in order to establish 
potential treatment emerging changes. Subjects should be instructed to immediately 
notify their physician/healthcare provider at onset of diarrhea and prompt investigation of 
potential causes should be initiated.  When infectious causes have been excluded, anti-
diarrheals (e.g. loperamide) should be considered.  For recommended dose modifications, 
see Section 4.7. 
4.6.5.
Management of Fluid Retention
Fluid retention should be graded as outlined in Table 6. No dose reduction is planned for 
fluid retention.  Patients developing new onset or symptomatic edema or other signs of 
increasing fluid retention should be treated with oral diuretics. Regimens found to be 
effective in the management of fluid retention due to docetaxel are listed below. Diuretic 
therapy may be initiated in the order listed at the discretion of the investigator: 

Spironolactone 50 mg by mouth (PO), once to three times daily. 

Furosemide 40 mg PO daily if not responsive to spironolactone. 
Potassium supplementation may be given as needed. 

If, after a trial of > 2 weeks, this is ineffective, treat with furosemide 20 mg PO daily 
plus metolazone 2.5 mg PO daily with potassium supplementation as needed. 
Further therapy following fluid retention should be customized depending upon the 
clinical situation.

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
FGF117360
46
Table 6
Grading and Management of Fluid Retention
Severity Grading
Edema a
Effusion a
Mild (1)
Asymptomatic
Asymptomatic
Moderate (2)
Symptomatic
Symptomatic – intervention may be 
required
Severe (3)
Symptomatic – discontinue study 
drugs
Symptomatic – intervention required
a. Report the highest grade.
4.7.
Dose Modifications
The severity of adverse events (AEs) will be graded utilizing the National Cancer 
Institute- Common Terminology Criteria for Adverse Events (NCI-CTCAE), 
version 4.03. Guidelines for dose modifications and interruptions for management of 
common toxicities associated with the study treatment(s) are provided in this section.  
These include general guidelines based on the severity (CTCAE grade) of adverse events 
for GSK3052230 and key recommendations provided in the package insert for paclitaxel, 
carboplatin, and docetaxel [Taxol PI, 2011], [Paraplatin PI, 2010], [Taxotere PI, 2010].
4.7.1.
Dose Delays
Chemotherapy administration in all arms may be reduced or delayed for toxicity, or in the 
interest of subject safety per investigator discretion.  Requirement for more than 2 dose 
reductions will result in permanent discontinuation of chemotherapy.  If chemotherapy is 
discontinued due to toxicity, subjects may continue to receive GSK3052230 (Section 
6.3).
4.7.2.
Hematologic Toxicity Related to Chemotherapy
Guidelines for management of hematologic toxicity attributed to chemotherapy are given 
in Table 7. For severe cytopenias (grade 4), frequent follow-up of hematology should be 
performed (at least every 3 days until improved to at least Grade 3) and supportive 
therapy including G-CSF (per ASCO guidelines) is encouraged.  These are recommended 
reductions. Local guidelines for dose reductions may vary.  Dose reductions that differ 
from the following table should be discussed with the GSK Study Physician

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
FGF117360
47
Table 7
Chemotherapy Dose Delay and Modifications for Hematologic 
Toxicity
Hematologic Toxicity
Modification Instructions
Absolute Neutrophil 
Count (ANC) Nadir
Platelets Nadir
≥500 to <1500 mm3 
(or <500/mm3 for <7 days 
and no neutropenic fever)
AND/OR
≥75,000 to <100,000/mm3
Withhold chemotherapy until ANC 
≥1500/mm3 and
Platelets ≥ 100,000/mm3
Restart treatment with no dose reductions
If treatment must be held for more than 2 
weeks, discuss potential retreatment or 
discontinuation with GSK Study Physician
<500/mm3
for ≥7 days and no 
neutropenic fever
OR
Neutropenic fever
AND/OR
<75,000/mm3
Withhold chemotherapy until ANC 
≥1500/mm3 and
Platelets ≥ 100,000/mm3
Arm A: Restart combination chemotherapy at 
dose levels reduced by 1 level for both agents 
according to Table 3. 
Arm B: Restart docetaxel reduced by 1 level 
according to Table 4
Arm C: Restart combination chemotherapy 
reduced by 1 level for the chemotherapy dose 
according to Table 5
Note, 2 dose reductions are allowed in case 
of recurring toxicity. 
If neutropenic fever occurs prophylactic G-
CSFs should be used with further 
chemotherapy treatment.
4.7.3.
Non-hematologic Toxicity Related to Chemotherapy
Guidelines for management of non-hematologic toxicity attributed to chemotherapy are 
given in Table 8.

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
FGF117360
48
Table 8
Chemotherapy Dose Delay and Modifications for Non-hematologic 
Toxicity
Adverse Event
Action
Non-hematological, Grade 1 or 2
Continue chemotherapy.
Non-hematological, drug-related 
Grade 3 or 4 (except alopecia)
Hold chemotherapy until recovery to Grade ≤1.
Arm A: Restart at dose levels reduced by 1 level for both agents 
according to Table 3.
Arm B: Restart docetaxel reduced by 1 level according to Table 4
Arm C: Restart combination chemotherapy reduced by 1 level for 
the chemotherapy dose according to Table 5
Exceptions
Grade 3 or 4 hypersensitivity 
reactions
For Grade 3 hypersensitivity/infusion reactions that can be 
medically managed without the use of systemic pressors and allow 
completion of infusion, subjects are allowed to continue treatment 
at current dose with appropriate hypersensitivity prophylaxis.
Grade 4: discontinue study treatment
Grade 2 neurotoxicity
Arm C: Withhold study treatment until recovery to Grade 1; then 
resume treatment with cisplatin reduced by 50% of previous dose
Grade 3 or 4 Neurotoxicity 
Withhold study treatment until recovery to Grade 1; then resume 
treatment at dose reduced by 2 levels according to Table 3 (Arm A) 
or Table 4 (Arm B). Permanently discontinue chemotherapy in Arm 
C. If treatment delay is more than 2 weeks, re-initiation of treatment 
should be agreed with the GSK study physician.
Severe or cumulative cutaneous 
reaction (any Grades)
Hold until ≤Grade 1 or to baseline and restart with reduction in 
dose by 1 level according to Table 3 (Arm A) or Table 4 (Arm B).
AST/ALT >1.5 X ULN and
ALP >2.5 X ULNa
Arm B: Hold docetaxel. Monitor liver chemistries weekly. When 
recovered, docetaxel may be restarted reduced by 1 level 
according to Table 4. Also consult Section 4.6.1 for actions with 
GSK3052230
Bilirubin >ULN
Arm B: Hold docetaxel. Monitor liver chemistries weekly. When 
recovered, docetaxel may be restarted reduced by 1 level 
according to Table 4. Also consult Section 4.6.1for actions with 
GSK3052230
2.5x ULN< AST/ALT< 5xULN and 
1 X ULN< bilirubin  < 1.25 X ULN a
Arm A: At time of event, if the subject is dosing >175 mg/m2 of 
paclitaxel then dose reduce to 175 mg/m2; if the subject is currently 
at 175 mg/m2  then maintain the current dose level (remain at 175 
mg/m2.). Also consult Section 4.6.1 for actions with GSK3052230
2.5x ULN< AST/ALT< 5xULN and
bilirubin 1.26-2.0 X ULN a
Arm A: Reduce paclitaxel to 135 mg/m2 (or dose level below if 
already treated at this level). Also consult Section 4.6.1 for actions 
with GSK3052230
2.5x ULN< AST/ALT< 3xULN and
bilirubin 2.01-5.0 X ULN a
Arm A; Reduce paclitaxel to 90 mg/m2, If this is the second dose 
reduction required for liver toxicity, discontinue treatment. Also 
consult Section 4.6.1 for actions with GSK3052230
AST/ALT> 3 X ULN and
bilirubin 2.01-5.0 X ULN a
Arm A: This requires discontinuation of GSK3052230 and, hence, 
discontinuation from study after appropriate safety follow up.
Mucositis, Grade 3 or 4
Arm C: Reduce pemetrexed only by 50% of previous dose
Serum creatinine >1.5 mg/100mL or 
BUN >25mg/100mL
Arm C: Hold chemotherapy until serum creatinine <1.5 mg/100mL 
or BUN <25mg/100mL
Creatinine clearance <45 mL/min
Arm C: Hold chemotherapy until creatinine clearance ≥45 mL/min
a. Day 1 value to be used in determining elevation. Note that dose reductions for liver toxicity are permanent. Liver 
chemistry following-up procedures see Section 4.6.1.1.

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
FGF117360
49
4.7.4.
GSK3052230 Dose Modifications
For toxicities at least possibly related to GSK3052230, dosing may be interrupted or 
delayed up to 14 days.  Approval from the GSK Study Physician is required to restart a 
dose after 14 days of dose interruption. 
If necessary, 5 mg will be the minimum dose level.  Following a dose reduction and 
resolution of toxicity to baseline levels, individual subjects may be re-escalated to a 
higher dose level with the approval of the GSK Study Physician.
Guidelines for dose modifications are outlined in Table 9.
Table 9
GSK3052230 Dose Modification Guidelines
Grade
Action
Grade 1 drug related event
No delay or modification
Grade 2 drug related event
May hold until reduced to Grade 1 or baseline at the discretion of the 
investigator, no dose reduction.
Grade 3 or higher drug related 
event (except Grade 3 nausea 
that resolves with clinical 
intervention)
Hold until Grade 1 or baseline, dose reduce 50%
If the toxicity is potentially related to both GSK3052230 and chemotherapy as given in
all arms, please refer to dose modification for chemotherapy in Section 4.7.2 and Section 
4.7.3 for potential dose reduction of both study treatments.
Subjects who experience a toxicity related to GSK3052230 that precludes further 
treatment with GSK3052230 will be withdrawn from the study treatment.
4.7.4.1.
GSK3052230 Dose Modifications regarding infusion related reactions
Subjects should be closely monitored for GSK3052230 infusion-related reactions. All 
subjects who have experienced an infusion reaction due to GSK3052230 (and not 
chemotherapy) should have GSK3052230 infused over 60 minutes instead of 30 minutes 
and pre-treated with appropriate local instituational pre-treatment guidelines (example: 
medications such as steroids, antihistamines, acetaminophen, H-2 antagonists, and 
antiemetics, according to local pre-treatment guidelines). If the subject continues to have 
a reaction on re-challenge, the infusion of GSK3052230 may be prolonged to 90 minutes. 
Epinephrine for subcutaneous injection, diphenhydramine for IV injection, and any other 
medications and resuscitation equipment for the emergency management of anaphylactic 
reactions should be quickly available during subject infusions.

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
FGF117360
50
5.
INVESTIGATIONAL PRODUCT
The term ‘study treatment’ is used throughout the protocol to describe any combination 
of investigational product(s) (IP) received by the subject as per the protocol design. Study 
treatment may therefore refer to the individual study treatment or the combination of 
those study treatments.
Refer to the SPM (the FGF117360 Pharmacy Manual) for additional details on 
investigational product procedures.
5.1.
Description of Investigational Products
5.1.1.
GSK3052230
Product name :
GSK3052230, 12.8 mg/mL
Formulation description:
The product is formulated in 0.94 mg/mL sodium phosphate monobasic, 
1.9 mg/mL sodium phosphate dibasic, 8.8 mg/mL sodium chloride, 0.2 
mg/mL polysorbate 80, pH 7.0 at a GSK3052230 (HGS1036) 
concentration of 12.8 mg/mL. GSK3052230 contains no preservative.
Dosage form:
Solution for infusion
Unit dose strength(s)/Dose 
Level(s):
20 mg/kg
15 mg/kg
10 mg/kg
5 mg/kg
Physical Description: 
The drug product is a clear to opalescent, colorless to pale yellow 
solution that may contain small amounts of translucent to white 
proteinaceous particles.
Route/
Administration/ Duration:
Intravenous infusion once weekly (Day 1, Day 8, Day 15) in each 21-
day cycle administered using a 0.2 μm in-line filter
Dosing instructions:
Administer as a 30 minute infusion
Manufacturer:
GSK
GSK3052230 will be provided to sites by GSK. GSK3052230 is supplied in a sterile 
25 mL glass vial. Each vial is intended for single use. The deliverable volume per vial is 
20 mL. The contents of the label will be in accordance with all applicable regulatory 
requirements.
5.1.2.
Chemotherapeutic Agents
Paclitaxel, carboplatin, docetaxel, pemetrexed, and cisplatin will be sourced locally from 
commercial stock, except in countries where Regulatory Authorities mandate that the 
Sponsor must supply all non-investigational product (IPs) required for study 
participation. Investigators are responsible for ensuring that subjects receive supplies of 
paclitaxel, carboplatin, docetaxel, pemetrexed, and cisplatin for the entire duration of the 
study, as appropriate.  The contents of the label will be in accordance with all applicable 
regulatory requirements.

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
FGF117360
51
5.2.
Preparation/Handling/Storage of GSK3052230
Preparation
Using aseptic techniques, GSK3052230 will be diluted in a 250 mL (nominal volume) 
i.v. bag containing either 5% dextrose solution or normal saline. GSK3052230 is stable 
after dilution in 5% dextrose solution or normal saline for up to 8 hours at ambient 
temperature (~25ºC). GSK3052230 infusion must be completed within 8 hours of the 
dilution. Please refer to SPM for recommended IV supplies.
Handling
Under normal conditions of handling and administration, IP is not expected to pose 
significant safety risks to site staff.  A Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) describing the 
occupational hazards and recommended handling precautions will be provided to site 
staff if required by local laws or will otherwise be available from GSK upon request.
Take adequate precautions to avoid direct eye or skin contact and the generation of 
aerosols or mists.
In the case of unintentional occupational exposure notify the study monitor, the GSK 
Medical Monitor and/or the study manager.
Refer to the SPM (the FGF117360 Pharmacy Manual) for detailed procedures for the 
disposal and/or return of unused study treatment(s).
Storage
Access to and administration of the GSK3052230 will be limited to the investigator and 
authorized site staff. GSK3052230 must be dispensed or administered only to subjects 
enrolled in the study and in accordance with the protocol. Refer to the SPM (the 
FGF117360 Pharmacy Manual) for storage conditions.
5.3.
Product Accountability
In accordance with local regulatory requirements, the investigator, designated site staff, 
or head of the medical institution (where applicable) must document the amount of IP 
dispensed and/or administered to study subjects, and the amount received from and 
returned to GSK, when applicable.  Product accountability records must be maintained 
throughout the course of the study.  Refer to the SPM (the FGF117360 Pharmacy 
Manual) for further detailed instructions on product accountability.
5.4.
Treatment Compliance
GSK3052230 and chemotherapy will be intravenously administered to subjects at the 
study site. Administration will be documented in the source documents and reported in 
the eCRF.

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
FGF117360
52
5.5.
Treatment of Study Treatment Overdose
In the event of an overdose (defined as administration of more than the protocol-specified 
dose) of GSK3052230, the investigator should:

contact the GSK Medical Monitor immediately

closely monitor the subject for adverse events (AEs)/serious adverse events 
(SAEs) and laboratory abnormalities until GSK3052230 can no longer be 
detected systemically (at least 14 days)

obtain a plasma sample for PK analysis if requested by the GSK Medical 
Monitor (determined on a case-by-case basis)

document the quantity of the excess dose as well as the duration of the 
overdosing in the eCRF.
Decisions regarding dose interruptions or modifications will be made by the investigator 
in consultation with the GSK Medical Monitor based on the clinical evaluation of the 
subject.
In the event of an overdose of chemotherapy agents, please consult product label as well 
as following the above procedures.
6.
COMPLETION OR WITHDRAWAL OF SUBJECTS
6.1.
Screen Failures
Data for screen failures will be collected in source documentation at the site. Subjects 
who did not meet all eligibility requirements but whose tumor tissue was tested for 
FGFR1 amplification by the central laboratory will be entered to the Assay Validation 
Population.
6.2.
Subject Completion Criteria
A completed subject is one who has discontinued study treatment for reasons listed in 
Section 6.3 and completed the follow-up visit 30 days after last dose, or has died while on 
study.
6.3.
Permanent Discontinuation from Study Treatment
Subjects will receive study treatment until disease progression, death or unacceptable 
toxicity, including meeting stopping criteria for liver chemistry defined in Section 4.6.1. 
In addition, study treatment may be permanently discontinued for any of the following 
reasons:

deviation(s) from the protocol

request of the subject or proxy (withdrawal of consent by subject or proxy)

investigator’s discretion (which may include safety, behavioral or administrative 
reasons)

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
FGF117360
53

a dose delay of >14 days unless the investigator or GSK Medical Monitor agree 
that further treatment may benefit the subject

intercurrent illness that prevents further administration of study treatment(s)

termination of the study by Sponsor

Subject is lost to follow-up.
The primary reason study treatment was permanently discontinued must be documented 
in the subject’s medical records and eCRF. 
Subjects who permanently discontinue chemotherapy may continue GSK3052230 until 
meeting one of the reasons for discontinuation stated above.  The primary reason each 
study treatment was discontinued must be documented in the medical record and on the 
eCRF. The reason for discontinuing GSK3052230 may differ from the reason 
chemotherapy was discontinued. 
If the subject voluntarily discontinues from treatment due to toxicity, ‘adverse event 
(AE)’ will be recorded as the primary reason for permanently discontinuation on the 
eCRF. 
Once a subject has permanently discontinued from study treatment, the subject will not 
be allowed to be retreated. 
All subjects who discontinue from study treatment will have safety assessments at the 
time of discontinuation and during post-study treatment follow-up as specified in Time 
and Events Table (see Section 7.1).
6.4.
Study Completion
The study will be considered completed when at least 80% of subjects have completed 
the study.  Upon completion of the study, if subjects are still continuing to receive benefit 
from GSK3052230, plans will be developed to provide continued access to GSK3052230 
for those subjects.
Per the EU Clinical Trial Directive, the end of the study is defined as the last subject’s 
last visit.
6.5.
Treatment after the End of the Study
The investigator is responsible for ensuring that consideration has been given for the 
post-study care of the subject’s medical condition whether or not GSK is providing 
specific post-study treatment.
7.
STUDY ASSESSMENTS AND PROCEDURES
A signed, written informed consent form must be obtained from the subject prior to any 
study-specific procedures or assessments being performed.

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
FGF117360
54
The timing of each assessment is listed in the Time and Events Table (Section 7.1).  The 
timing and number of the planned samples may be altered to a minor extent (no more 
than 1 to 3 additional samples) during the course of the study based on newly available 
data (e.g. to obtain samples closer to the time of peak plasma concentrations).  The 
change in timing or addition of time points for any of the planned samples must be 
approved and documented by GSK, but this will not constitute a protocol amendment. 
The institutional review board (IRB) or ethics committee will be informed of any safety 
issues that require alteration of the safety monitoring scheme. Specific blood volumes for 
analysis will be specified in the SPM. 
Whenever vital signs, 12-lead electrocardiograms (ECGs) and blood draws are scheduled 
for the same nominal time, the assessments should occur in the following order: 12-lead 
ECG, vital signs, blood draws.  The timing of the assessments should allow the blood 
draw to occur at the exact nominal time. Detailed procedures for obtaining each 
assessment are provided in the SPM.
7.1.
Time and Events Table
This section consists of the Time and Events Table to describe assessment windows and 
sequencing of study-specific assessments and procedures. 

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
FGF117360
55
Table 10
Time and Events Schedule
Time and Events Schedule for FGF117360
Screen
Cycle 1
Cycle 2
Additional Cycles
Every 4 
Cycles, 
D1
EOT
30 day 
F/U
D1
D8
D15
D1
D8
D15
D1
D8
D15
Visit Window
Once the subject provides consent, a tumor sample may be submitted for Arms A and B for FGFR1 amplification at any time (there is no time limit or window).  
All other screening assessments should be conducted within 30 days of C1D1. Visit windows of ±2 days during study through EOT, +7 days for F/U. For Arm A 
subjects who wish to start chemotherapy prior to GSK3052230 screening period is 30 days +3 to allow baseline imaging scans to be performed prior to 
chemotherapy but within 30 +3 days of GSK3052230 first dose.
Informed consent
Main study and PGx optional consent; register 
subject
X
Medical History, 
Medical history, review of inclusion & exclusion 
criteria 
X
Physical examand height 
(baseline only)
Not needed C1D1 if screening assessments 
within prior 72 hrs. Complete physical exam at 
screening. Abbreviated disease-oriented 
physical exam subsequently.
X
X
X
X
X
X
Weight
Note, during dosing period weight should be 
captured on Day 1 of each cycle.  It can be 
obtained more frequently per institutional 
standards (example: if required at each infusion)
X
X
X
X
X
X
Ophthalmologic Exam
To be performed by ophthalmologist or qualified 
optometrist. (Visit windows of ±7 days post 
baseline).
X
Perform assessment if subject discontinues prior to C4.
C4 only
ECHO
Perform at EOT if subject discontinues prior to 
C4. Visit windows of ±7 days post baseline.
X
C4 only
early 
disc
ECOG PS
Obtain prior to infusion
X
X
X
X
Vital Signs
Within 20 min before start of first chemotherapy 
infusion and within 20 min before start of 
GSK3052230 infusion.
X
X
X
X
Forced Vital Capacity
Assess D1 of every odd cycle, Arm C only, Visit 
windows of ±7 days post baseline.
X
X
Odd
X
Hematology and Chemistry
Not needed C1D1 if screening assessments 
within prior 72 hrs. See Table 12 for analytes. In 
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
A 
only
X

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
FGF117360
56
Time and Events Schedule for FGF117360
Screen
Cycle 1
Cycle 2
Additional Cycles
Every 4 
Cycles, 
D1
EOT
30 day 
F/U
D1
D8
D15
D1
D8
D15
D1
D8
D15
addition Arm A: D8 of additional cycles while 
receiving paclitaxel + carboplatin only
Coagulation and 
pancreatic markers
See Table 12 for analytes
X
X
X
Thyroid
TSH at Screening.
X
TSH every 2 cycles for the first year and then every 4 cycles. If TSH is 
positive, then test total T3, total T4, and free T4.
Pregnancy
serum test +7 days of first dose; urine or serum 
test onward
X
X
Urinalysis
Obtain prior to infusion of GSK3052230 on 
C1D1
X
X
X
X
ECG (single read)
Prior to GSK3052230 infusion and 1 hr (±10 
min) after end of GSK3052230 i.v. on C1D1. 
Prior to GSK3052230 i.v. onward
X
X
X
X
As clinically 
indicated
X
X
Pharmacokinetics 
See Table 11
X
X
X
X
X
X
Immunogenicity 
Obtain prior to infusion of GSK3052230
X
X
D1 of every 2 cycle, C4 to C15 
X
Archival Tumor Tissue 
Archived tumor tissue (or fresh biopsy if no 
archival tissue). Once the subject provides 
consent, a tumor sample may be submitted for 
Arms A and B for FGFR1 amplification at any 
time (there is no time limit or window). 
X
Circulating cell-free DNA 
Sample 
Predose. First sample +7 days prior to C1D1
X
X
Circulating Biomarkers 
Plasma sample collected predose (+7 days prior 
to C1D1)
X
X
Arm C: D1 every cycle 
(1week) for 1 year, then D1 
every 2 cycles (2weeks)
X
Blood sample for PGx
Collect any time on study but only if PGx 
informed consent has been signed; preferred on 
C1D1 after dosing.
X
Brain Scan 
Obtain only if symptomatic
X
every 12 weeks 1 week if positive at Screening, or as clinically indicated
Bone Scan
X
As clinically indicated

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
FGF117360
57
Time and Events Schedule for FGF117360
Screen
Cycle 1
Cycle 2
Additional Cycles
Every 4 
Cycles, 
D1
EOT
30 day 
F/U
D1
D8
D15
D1
D8
D15
D1
D8
D15
Radiologic and Disease 
Assessment
CT scan, PET-CT scan or MRI. Imaging 
modality consistent during study and not change 
X
Every 2 cycles (1 week) for 1 
year; thereafter every 4 cycles 
(2 week)
X
LCSS (Arms A and B); 
LCSS-meso (Arm C) 
Must be administered first before any other tests 
or procedures. Study staff should check for 
completeness.
X
X
X
X
X
X
GSK3052230
30 minute infusion. 
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
ARM A: Paclitaxel + 
Carboplatin 
GSK3052230 infused & observed 1 hr prior to 
chemotherapy doses. May start chemotherapy 
during screening period, see inclusion #2
X
X
X
ARM B: Docetaxel 
GSK3052230 infused & observed 1 hr prior to 
chemotherapy infusions.
X
X
X
ARM C: Pemetrexed +
Cisplatin 
GSK3052230 infused & observed 1 hr prior to 
chemotherapy infusions.
X
X
X
Adverse Event 
Assessment
X
Continuous monitoring during study
Concomitant Medications 
X
Continuous monitoring during study

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
FGF117360
58
Table 11
Pharmacokinetic Sampling Schedule
FGF117360 Pharmacokinetic Sampling Schedule
Limited PK
Extensive PK
Extensive PK
Extensive PK
Time 
When
Window
Arm A
Arm B
Arm C
n=20pts in each arm 
n>=10pts
n>=10pts
n>=10pts
Cycle 1 Day 1
Prior to infusion of 
GSK3052230
Up to 12 hr prior to infusion of 
GSK3052230
GSK3052230 PK
GSK3052230 
PK
GSK3052230 
PK
GSK3052230 PK
End of infusion of 
GSK3052230
Up to 5 min prior to end of 
infusion of GSK3052230
GSK3052230 PK
GSK3052230 
PK
GSK3052230 
PK
GSK3052230 PK
1hr after end of infusion of 
GSK3052230
10 min but after ECG
GSK3052230 
PK
GSK3052230 
PK
GSK3052230 PK
2hr after end of infusion of 
GSK3052230 or end of 
docetaxel infusion
10 min or up to 5 min prior to 
end of docetaxel infusion
GSK3052230 
PK
GSK3052230 
PK
GSK3052230 PK
Cycle 1 Day 8
Prior to infusion of 
GSK3052230
Up to 12 hr prior to infusion of 
GSK3052230
GSK3052230 
PK
GSK3052230 
PK
GSK3052230 PK
Cycle 2 Day 1
Prior to infusion of 
GSK3052230
Up to 12 hr prior to infusion of 
GSK3052230
GSK3052230 PK
GSK3052230 
PK
GSK3052230 
PK
GSK3052230 PK
End of infusion of 
GSK3052230
Up to 5 min prior to end of 
infusion of GSK3052230
GSK3052230 PK
GSK3052230 
PK
GSK3052230 
PK
GSK3052230 PK
1 hr after start of paclitaxel 
infusion or end of 
docetaxel or pemetrexed 
infusion
10 min for paclitaxel or up to 
5 min prior to end of docetaxel 
infusion or up to 1 min prior to 
end of pemetrexed infusion
GSK3052230 
PK
Paclitaxel PK
GSK3052230 
PK
Docetaxel PK
GSK3052230 PK
Pemetrexed PK
Cisplatin PK
1 hr after end of 
pemetrexed infusion
20 min
Pemetrexed PK
Cisplatin PK
End of paclitaxel infusion 
or 2 hr after end of 
docetaxel or pemetrexed 
infusion
up to 5 min prior to end of 
paclitaxel infusion or 20 min 
for docetaxel and pemetrexed 
Paclitaxel PK
Docetaxel PK
Pemetrexed PK
Cisplatin PK
2 hr after end of paclitaxel 
infusion or 5 hr after end 
of docetaxel or 
pemetrexed infusion
30 min
(selected sites)
GSK3052230 
PK
Paclitaxel PK
(selected sites)
GSK3052230 
PK
Docetaxel PK
(selected sites)
GSK3052230 PK
Pemetrexed PK
Cisplatin PK

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
FGF117360
59
FGF117360 Pharmacokinetic Sampling Schedule
Limited PK
Extensive PK
Extensive PK
Extensive PK
Time 
When
Window
Arm A
Arm B
Arm C
Cycle 4 Day 1
Cycle 6 Day 1
Cycle 12 Day 1
Prior to infusion of 
GSK3052230
Up to 12 hr prior to infusion of 
GSK3052230
GSK3052230 PK
GSK3052230 
PK
GSK3052230 
PK
GSK3052230 PK
Cycle 4 Day 1
End of infusion of 
GSK3052230
Up to 5 min prior to end of 
infusion of GSK3052230
GSK3052230 PK
GSK3052230 
PK
GSK3052230 
PK
GSK3052230 PK
Cycle 6 Day 1
Cycle 12 Day 1
EOT
GSK3052230 PK
GSK3052230 
PK
GSK3052230 
PK
GSK3052230 PK
30 days FU
At time of immunogenicity 
sample
GSK3052230 PK
GSK3052230 
PK
GSK3052230 
PK
GSK3052230 PK
All subjects will have PK sampling performed (either Limited PK or Extensive PK). Serial PK samples will be performed on at least the first 10 subjects in Arm A and B with at least 6 
subjects having serial PK at the MTD/MFD. For Arm C, at least 6 subjects will have serial PK sampling. After an adequate PK profile data has been achieved, the remaining subjects 
will participate in the population PK sampling. Depending on emerging data, the timing of PK samples may change and PK samples may not be required from every subject in the 
study.

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
FGF117360
60
7.2.
Demographic/Medical History and Baseline Assessments
The following demographic parameters will be captured during Screening: date of birth, 
gender, race and ethnicity.
Medical/medication history assessed as related to the eligibility criteria listed in 
Section 3.2.
Baseline (Screening) assessments obtained will include:

Complete physical examination, including height (in cm) and weight (in kg).

Vital signs (i.e., blood pressure, temperature, respiratory rate, pulse rate)

Eastern Cooperative Oncology Group (ECOG) performance status

Clinical laboratory tests: hematology, clinical chemistry [and urinalysis]

Serum beta-human chorionic gonadotropin (-HCG) pregnancy test for female 
subjects of childbearing potential only

12-lead electrocardiogram (ECG)

Echocardiogram (ECHO) 

LCSS for Arms A & B

For Arm C only: LCSS (meso) and forced vital capacity

Review of concomitant medications
Procedures conducted as part of the subject’s routine clinical management (e.g., blood 
count, imaging study) and obtained prior to signing of informed consent may be utilized 
for Screening or baseline purposes provided the procedure meets the protocol-defined 
criteria and has been performed in the timeframe of the study.
7.2.1.
Critical Baseline Assessments
Ophthalmologic examination, ocular, and cardiovascular medical history/risk factors will 
be assessed at baseline.
Assessment regarding deregulation of FGF signaling pathway (e.g. FGFR gene 
amplification, FGF ligand overexpression, etc) is required during screening.  Archival 
tissue may be used for this analysis. If archival tissue is not available, a fresh biopsy will 
be required. This will be assessed by a central laboratory for Arms A and B.
For Arm C, forced vital capacity will be assessed at screening.
7.3.
Safety Evaluations
Planned time points for all safety assessments are provided in the Time and Events Table 
(Section 7.1).

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
FGF117360
61
7.3.1.
Physical Examinations
A complete physical examination will include assessments of the head, eyes, ears, nose, 
throat, skin, thyroid, neurological, lungs, cardiovascular, abdomen (liver and spleen), 
lymph nodes and extremities. Height and weight will also be measured and recorded.
A brief physical examination will include assessments of the lungs, cardiovascular 
system, and abdomen (liver and spleen).
7.3.2.
ECOG Performance Status
The performance status will be assessed using the ECOG scale (see Appendix 4) as 
specified in the Time and Events Table (Section 7.1).
7.3.3.
Vital Signs
Vital sign measurements will include systolic and diastolic blood pressure, temperature, 
respiration rate and pulse rate.  All vital sign measurements will be obtained after the 
subject has rested for at least 5 minutes in a semi-supine position.  Vital signs will be 
measured more frequently if warranted by clinical condition of the subject.  On days 
where vital signs are measured multiple times, temperature does not need to be repeated 
unless clinically indicated. Whenever blood pressure and heart rate are measured at the 
same nominal time as a blood draw, the blood pressure and heart rate will be prior to the 
blood draw. Refer to the SPM for details regarding measurement of vital signs.
7.3.4.
Forced Vital Capacity
Forced vital capacity will be measured in Arm C at each scheduled disease assessment 
using standard methods (Refer to the SPM for details)
7.3.5.
Electrocardiogram
Single 12-lead ECGs will be obtained at designated time points during the study using an 
ECG machine that automatically calculates the heart rate and measures PR, QRS, QT, 
and corrected QT (QTc) intervals.  At each assessment a 12-lead ECG will be performed 
by qualified personnel at the site after the subject has at least a 5 minute rest and is in a 
semi-recumbent position. 
The QT interval should be corrected for heart rate by Fridericia’s formula (QTcF). 
Additional QTc readings may be necessary.
Refer to the SPM for details regarding ECG procedures.
7.3.6.
Echocardiogram
ECHOs will be performed at baseline to assess cardiac ejection fraction and cardiac valve 
morphology for the purpose of study eligibility and Cycle 4, as specified in the Time and 
Events Table (Section 7.1).  Additional ECHO assessments may be performed if 
clinically warranted. The evaluation of the echocardiographer should include an 

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
FGF117360
62
evaluation for left ventricular ejection fraction (LVEF) and both right and left-sided 
valvular lesions.
Copies of all ECHOs performed on subjects who experience an absolute decrease >10% 
in LVEF compared to baseline concurrent with LVEF <lower limit of normal (LLN), or 
who experience valvular toxicity, may be required by GSK for review.
7.3.7.
Ophthalmologic Examinations
An ophthalmologic exam will be performed at baseline and at Cycle 4 (or as clinically 
appropriate), as specified in the Time and Events Table (Section 7.1).  These exams will 
be performed by an ophthalmologist or qualified optometrist and includes a slit-lamp 
examination and intraocular pressure.  During the study, ophthalmologic assessments 
performed by the investigator will include inspection of the external eye to assess for
redness and query of subjects for symptoms of photophobia, vision problems, or eye pain.  
If at any time the subject complains of photophobia, changes in vision, or eye pain; the 
ophthalmic examination finding are abnormal; or visual acuity has worsened by 3 lines or 
more since the start of the study, the subject will be referred for a formal evaluation, 
including a slit-lamp examination and intraocular pressure, by a qualified 
ophthalmologist.
7.3.8.
Laboratory Assessments
All protocol required laboratory assessments, as defined in (Table 12) should be 
performed according to the Time and Events Table (Section 7.1).  Details for the 
preparation and shipment of samples to the central laboratory will be provided in the 
SPM.
Prior to administration of the first dose of study treatment, results of laboratory 
assessments should be reviewed.  Any laboratory test with a value outside the normal 
range may be repeated (prior to the first dose) at the discretion of the investigator.
If additional non-protocol specified laboratory assessments are performed at the 
institution’s local laboratory and result in a change in subject management or are 
considered clinical significant by the investigator (for example SAE or AE or dose 
modification) the results must be recorded in the subject’s CRF. Refer to the SPM for 
appropriate processing and handling of samples to avoid duplicate and/or additional 
blood draws. 
All laboratory tests with values that are significantly abnormal during participation in the 
study or within 30 days after the last dose of study treatment should be repeated until the 
values return to normal or baseline. If such values do not return to normal within a 
period judged reasonable by the investigator, the etiology should be identified and the 
sponsor notified.
Hematology, clinical chemistry, urinalysis and additional parameters to be tested are 
listed below:

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
FGF117360
63
Table 12
List of Clinical Laboratory Tests
Hematology
Platelet Count
Automated WBC Differential:
Red blood cell (RBC) Count
Neutrophils (absolute)
White blood cell (WBC) Count 
(absolute) 
Lymphocytes (absolute)
Hemoglobin
Monocytes (absolute)
Eosinophils (absolute)
Basophils (absolute)
Clinical Chemistry
Potassium, Sodium, Chloride, Total carbon dioxide, total Calcium, ionized calcium*, magnesium, phosphate, 
albumin, glucose (fasting),
Blood urea nitrogen (BUN), Creatinine, Uric Acid, creatinine clearance
Aspartate aminotransferase (AST), Alanine aminotransferase (ALT), Gamma glutamyl transferase (GGT), 
Alkaline phosphatase, Total bilirubin (if elevated also test direct bilirubin) 
Thyroid hormone: TSH at Screening; every 2 cycles for the first year and then every 4 cycles. If TSH is 
positive, also test total T3, total T4, and free T4.
Pancreatic tests (amylase and lipase)
Coagulation tests (prothrombin time, partial thromboplastin time, international normalized ratio, and 
fibrinogen)
Routine Urinalysis
pH, glucose, protein, blood and ketones by dipstick
Microscopic examination (if blood or protein is abnormal)
Other screening tests
Pregnancy test for females (serum at screening, urine or serum post dose)
*Ionized calcium collected may not be collected in some selected sites and only total calcium is collected for 
subjects regarding safety monitoring.
7.3.9.
Pregnancy Testing and Reporting
The need for a screening pregnancy test depends on whether a female subject is of 
childbearing potential or non-childbearing potential.
If a female subject is of childbearing potential, she must have a serum -HCG pregnancy 
test performed within 7 days prior to the first dose of study treatments. Subjects with 
positive pregnancy test result must be excluded from the study.  Subjects with negative 
pregnancy test result must agree to use an effective contraception method as described in 
Section 10.1 during the study until 6 months following the last dose of chemotherapy or 4 
weeks after the last dose of GSK3052230, whichever is latest.
Any pregnancy that occurs during study participation (note, study participation is defined 
as the time of the first dose of study drug GSK3052230 is administered) must be reported 
using a clinical trial pregnancy form. To ensure subject safety, each pregnancy must be 
reported to GSK within 2 weeks of learning of its occurrence.  The pregnancy must be 
followed up to determine outcome (including premature termination) and status of 
mother and child. Pregnancy complications and elective terminations for medical reasons 
must be reported as an AE or SAE. Spontaneous abortions must be reported as an SAE.

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
FGF117360
64
Any SAE occurring in association with a pregnancy brought to the investigator’s 
attention after the subject has completed the study and considered by the investigator as 
possibly related to the study treatment(s), must be promptly reported to GSK.
7.4.
Evaluation of Anti-Cancer Activity
Disease assessment will include imaging (e.g., computed tomography [CT] scan, 
magnetic resonance imaging [MRI]) as appropriate for the specific tumor type.  Disease 
assessment will be completed within 30 days prior to the first dose of GSK3052230, then 
every other treatment cycle for the first year. Subsequent assessments will follow the 
Time and Events Table (Section 7.1), which also should be consulted for the schedule of 
assessments of anti-cancer activity.  Assessments must be performed on a calendar 
schedule and should not be affected by dose interruptions/delays.  For post-baseline 
assessments, a window of 7 days is permitted to allow for flexible scheduling. If the last 
radiographic assessment was more than 2 cycles or a maximum of 8 weeks prior to the 
subject’s withdrawal from study and progressive disease has not been documented, a 
disease assessment should be obtained at the time of withdrawal from study.
Disease progression and response evaluations will be determined according to the 
definitions established in RECIST 1.1 [Eisenhauer, 2009].  Subjects whose disease 
responds (either complete response [CR] or partial response [PR]) should have a 
confirmatory disease assessment performed no earlier than 4 weeks after the date of 
assessment during which the response was demonstrated. More frequent disease 
assessments may be performed at the discretion of the investigator. Please see Section 
7.4.1.5 for the evaluation of best overall response. To ensure comparability between the 
baseline and subsequent assessments, the same method of assessment and the same 
technique will be used when assessing response. 
Disease response will also be quantified by change in volume to support the exploratory 
objectives.   Comparison between RECIST evaluations, linear tumor dimensions, and 
variations in tumor volume will be performed [O’Connor, 2008].
Inclusion of up to three pre-study tumor imaging scans performed prior to baseline scans 
at study entry will also be encouraged in subjects whose scans are available for review.  
Prior tumor imaging scans will be analyzed (see SPM for additional details) and 
quantitative tumor data (e.g., tumor measurements, tumor volumes) will be generated.  
Depending on data availability, the slope of tumor growth prior to study entry and 
following treatment may be calculated and compared in an exploratory analysis.  Such 
comparisons may be important in evaluation of the clinical significance of subjects 
achieving a clinical response, particularly in those subjects achieving SD.
Research sites will be trained in volumetric analysis using a standardized review 
platform.  Depending on the outcome of site based assessments, images may be collected 
centrally for further analysis.
Please see the SPM for specific guidelines for CT and MRI acquisitions and analysis.
CT: For contrast enhanced CT, contiguous slices (no gap) may be no greater than 5mm. 
However, 3mm slice thickness or less is strongly preferred for volume analysis. MRI is 

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
FGF117360
65
acceptable, but when used, scanning should be optimized for the evaluation of the type 
and site of disease and must be measured in a consistent anatomic plane for each 
timepoint. Whenever possible, the same scanner should be used [Eisenhauer, 2009].
For Arms A and B, RECIST 1.1 analysis, the minimum size of a measurable baseline 
lesion should be twice the slice thickness, with a minimum lesion size of 10 mm when 
the slice thickness is 5 mm. The Image Acquisition Guidelines portion of the SPM should 
be consulted for additional details on imaging protocols.
For Arm C, modified RECIST will be used. Tumor thickness perpendicular to the chest 
wall or mediastinum will be measured in two positions at three separate levels on thoracic 
CT scans. The sum of the six measurements defines a pleural unidimensional measure. 
Bidimensionally measureable lesions will be measured unidimensionally as for RECIST 
1.1. All measurements were added to obtain the total tumor measurement. The Image 
Acquisition Guidelines portion of the SPM should be consulted for additional details on 
imaging protocols.
Brain Scan: In subjects with known brain metastases (criteria outlined in Section 3.2), a 
contrast-enhanced MRI (preferred) or CT of the brain must be obtained within 30 days 
prior to receiving the first dose of the study medication.  Assessment of brain metastases 
must be repeated as part of the regular assessment of target and non target lesions, and 
the same imaging method should be used.
In subjects with no history of brain metastases at baseline and no clinical signs or 
symptoms indicative of the presence of brain metastases, no baseline MRI or CT of the 
brain is necessary, nor is any routine brain imaging necessary. MRI or CT of the brain 
will be required in case of new clinical signs and symptoms indicative of brain 
metastases.
Bone Scan: Including evaluation of skull, total spine, clavicle, ribs, pelvis and long 
bones. Other imaging modalities are allowed such as PET or MRI.
If a subject’s bone-scan lesions are consistent with tumor metastases, or are consistent 
with non-malignant lesions, confirmatory imaging assessments are not necessary.  The 
anatomic sites and nature of the lesions must be documented in the eCRF.
If bone scan lesions are equivocal for tumor metastases, a confirmatory imaging 
assessment must be performed using X-ray, CT, or MRI to determine the nature of the 
lesions. The lesion sites and nature of lesions must be documented in the eCRF.  For 
lesions that are confirmed as tumor metastases, the same imaging modality must be used 
for all subsequent follow-up bone lesion assessments.
Volumetric Analysis: Retrospective evaluation of tumor volumes will also be performed 
in subjects with sufficient CT or MRI imaging data. Comparison between RECIST 
evaluations, linear tumor dimensions, and variations in tumor volume will be performed 
[O’Connor, 2008].

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
FGF117360
66
7.4.1.
Evaluation of Response in Arm A and Arm B (RECIST 1.1)
7.4.1.1.
Evaluation of target lesions
Definitions for assessment of response for target lesion(s) are as follows:

Complete Response (CR): Disappearance of all target lesions. Any pathological 
lymph nodes must be <10 mm in the short axis.

Partial Response (PR): At least a 30% decrease in the sum of the diameters of 
target lesions, taking as a reference, the baseline sum of the diameters (e.g. percent 
change from baseline).

Stable Disease (SD): Neither sufficient shrinkage to qualify for PR nor sufficient 
increase to qualify for progressive disease.

Progressive Disease (PD): At least a 20% increase in the sum of the diameters of 
target lesions, taking as a reference, the smallest sum of diameters recorded since the 
treatment started (e.g. percent change from nadir, where nadir is defined as the 
smallest sum of diameters recorded since treatment start).  In addition, the sum must 
have an absolute increase from nadir of 5mm.

Not Applicable (NA): No target lesions at baseline.

Not Evaluable (NE): Cannot be classified by one of the five preceding definitions.
NOTE:

If lymph nodes are documented as target lesions the short axis is added into the sum 
of the diameters (e.g. sum of diameters is the sum of the longest diameters for non-
nodal lesions and the short axis for nodal lesions).  When lymph nodes decrease to 
non-pathological size (short axis <10mm) they should still have a measurement 
reported in order not to overstate progression.

If at a given assessment time point all target lesions identified at baseline are not 
assessed, sum of the diameters cannot be calculated for purposes of assessing CR, 
PR, or SD, or for use as the nadir for future assessments.  However, the sum of the 
diameters of the assessed lesions and the percent change from nadir should be 
calculated to ensure that progression has not been documented.  If an assessment of 
PD cannot be made, the response assessment should be NE.

All lesions (nodal and non-nodal) should have their measurements recorded even 
when very small (e.g., 2 mm).  If lesions are present but too small to measure, 5 mm 
should be recorded and should contribute to the sum of the diameters, unless it is 
likely that the lesion has disappeared in which case 0 mm should be reported.

If a lesion disappears and reappears at a subsequent time point it should continue to 
be measured.  The response at the time when the lesion reappears will depend upon 
the status of the other lesions.  For example, if the disease had reached a CR status 
then PD would be documented at the time of reappearance.  However, if the response 
status was PR or SD, the diameter of the reappearing lesion should be added to the 
remaining diameters and response determined based on percent change from baseline 
and percent change from nadir.

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
FGF117360
67
7.4.1.2.
Evaluation of non-target lesions
Definitions for assessment of response for non-target lesions are as follows:

Complete Response (CR): The disappearance of all non-target lesions. All lymph 
nodes identified as a site of disease at baseline must be non-pathological (e.g. <10 
mm short axis).

Non-CR/Non-PD: The persistence of 1 or more non-target lesion(s) or lymph nodes 
identified as a site of disease at baseline ≥10 mm short axis.

Progressive Disease (PD): Unequivocal progression of existing non-target lesions. 

Not Applicable (NA): No non-target lesions at baseline.

Not Evaluable (NE): Cannot be classified by one of the four preceding definitions.
NOTE:

In the presence of measurable disease, progression on the basis of solely non-target 
disease requires substantial worsening such that even in the presence of SD or PR in 
target disease, the overall tumor burden has increased sufficiently to merit 
discontinuation of therapy.

Sites of non-target lesions, which are not assessed at a particular time point based on 
the assessment schedule, should be excluded from the response determination (e.g. 
non-target response does not have to be "Not Evaluable"). 
7.4.1.3.
New lesions
New malignancies denoting disease progression must be unequivocal. Lesions identified 
in follow-up in an anatomical location not scanned at baseline are considered new 
lesions.
Any equivocal new lesions should continue to be followed.  Treatment can continue at 
the discretion of the investigator until the next scheduled assessment. If at the next 
assessment the new lesion is considered to be unequivocal, progression should be 
documented.
7.4.1.4.
Evaluation of overall response
Table 13 presents the overall response at an individual time point for all possible 
combinations of tumor responses in target and non-target lesions with or without the 
appearance of new lesions for subjects with measurable disease at baseline.

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
FGF117360
68
Table 13
Evaluation of Overall Response for Subjects with Measurable 
Disease at Baseline
Target Lesions
Non-Target Lesions
New Lesions
Overall Response
CR
CR or NA
No
CR
CR
Non-CR/Non-PD or NE
No
PR
PR
Non-PD or NA or NE
No
PR
SD
Non-PD or NA or NE
No
SD
NE
Non-PD or NA or NE
No
NE
PD
Any
Yes or No
PD
Any
PD
Yes or No
PD
Any
Any
Yes
PD
CR=complete response, PR = partial response, SD=stable disease, PD=progressive disease, NA= Not applicable, and 
NE=Not Evaluable
NOTE:

Subjects with a global deterioration of health status requiring discontinuation of 
treatment without objective evidence of disease progression at that time should be 
classified as having "symptomatic deterioration."  Objective response status is 
determined by evaluations of disease burden.  Every effort should be made to 
document the objective progression even after discontinuation of treatment. 

In some circumstances, it may be difficult to distinguish residual disease from 
normal tissue.  When the evaluation of CR depends on this determination, it is 
recommended that the residual lesion be investigated (fine needle aspirate/biopsy) to 
confirm the CR.
Confirmation Criteria:
To be assigned a status of PR or CR, a confirmatory disease assessment should be 
performed no less than four weeks (28 days) after the criteria for response are first met.
7.4.1.5.
Evaluation of best overall response
The best overall response is the best response recorded from the start of the treatment 
until disease progression/recurrence and will be determined programmatically by GSK 
based on the response assessment at each time point. 

To be assigned a status of SD, the post-baseline disease assessment must have met 
the SD criteria no less than 10 weeks (per Time and Events schedule Section 7.1). 

If the minimum time for SD is not met, best response will depend on the subsequent 
assessments.  For example if an assessment of PD follows the assessment of SD and 
SD does not meet the minimum time requirement the best response will be PD. 
Alternative subjects lost to follow-up after an SD assessment not meeting the 
minimum time criteria will be considered not evaluable.

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
FGF117360
69
Tips on Lymph Node Measurements:
Lymph nodes are considered as a separate organ to measure, and up to two lymph nodes 
can be measured per patient by RECIST v1.1. For unidimensional lymph node 
measurements, use the short axis of the lymph node at baseline and then at every 
followup scan. To be considered as pathologically enlarged and measurable at baseline, 
the lymph node short axis diameter should be ≥15 mm.
7.4.2.
Evaluation of Response in Arm C: Mesothelioma
7.4.2.1.
Mesothelioma Tumor Imaging
Clinical trials of therapeutic agents in MPM may be compromised by inaccuracy of 
tumor measurements due to the unique pattern of growth of mesothelioma [Byrne, 2004; 
Tsao, 2011]. Malignant mesothelioma commonly grows as a rind and thus may not 
produce spherical lesions with bidimensional, measurable diameters [Byrne, 2004]. 
Modification of RECIST criteria have been recommended to address the difficulties in 
measurement of lesions [Byrne, 2004; Tsao, 2011]. In subjects with mesothelioma, it is 
requested that disease assessments using both RECIST v1.1 criteria AND modified 
RECIST criteria be performed.
Uni-dimensional measurements of tumor thickness perpendicular to the chest wall or 
mediastinum should be performed, measured in 2 sites at 3 different levels on the CT 
scan. Transverse cuts used for measurement must be at least 1 cm apart, and related to 
anatomical landmarks in the thorax, preferably above the level of division of the main 
bronchi. At reassessment, pleural thickness must be measured at the same position and 
level. Nodal, subcutaneous, and other bidimensionally measurable lesions are measured 
unidimensionally as per the RECIST v1.1 criteria. Unidimensional measurements are 
added to produce the total tumor measurements (e.g., the sum of 6 pleural thickness 
measurements = one univariate diameter).
Overall tips for measurement of mesothelioma by modified RECIST [Tsao, 2011]:
1.
Larger lesions are easier and more accurate to measure. Choose the larger or thickest 
of the pleural disease to measure. Magnifying the image may make an easier 
measurement.
2.
The short-axis diameter is defined as the shortest pathway from the tip of the tumor 
to the chest wall.
3.
Ensure that that differentiation of normal chest wall from tumor is easy at the point 
of measurement
4.
To ensure accuracy, all measurements must be performed electronically in the same 
window setting on consecutive studies. It is recommended that the “soft tissue” 
setting (not lung windows) be used, as it enables accurate pleural mass 
measurements with the electronic calipers and avoids the incorporation of chest wall 
or mediastinal fat within the calculations.

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
FGF117360
70
5.
CT scan slices up to 5 mm can be used, but for greater accuracy, thinner slices such 
as 2.5 mm are preferable. Ideally, all subsequent CT scans should use the same slice 
thickness.
6.
To limit interobserver variability, in measuring tumor response, it is preferred that 
the same clinician measure the tumors at baseline and on all subsequent CT scans.
7.
The pleural disease to be measured should have a short-axis diameter of at least 1 
cm, as lesions less than 1 cm are considered nonmeasurable.
8.
To obtain the short axis of the disease, with electronic calipers, measure the distance 
between the point where the tumor abuts the chest or the mediastinal border and the 
point where the pleural disease touches the lung. The shortest route possible is the 
one perpendicular to the chest wall/mediastinum.
9.
Avoid measuring regions where the tumor infiltration obscures the interface of tumor 
to normal tissue. A good interface for measurement usually is one where the tumor 
abuts fat or an intact rib/vertebral body, as the density of the pleural tumor differs 
significantly from bone or fat and the difference can be easily observed. Avoid 
choosing an interface of tumor with muscle, as muscle and tumor have similar CT 
densities and are often difficult to distinguish when they abut one another.
10. Following the instructions in #5, choose three different axial slices, preferably above 
the level of the main bronchi and record two measurements per slice, thus resulting 
in six separate measurements.
11. If any nodal, subcutaneous or other bidimensionally measurable lesions are 
available, they should undergo unidimensional measurements by RECIST v1.1 and 
be added to the total obtained in #7 above.
7.4.2.2.
Prior Scan collection
Collection of up to three prior tumor imaging scans performed prior to baseline scans at 
study entry will also be encouraged in subjects whose scans are available for review. 
These scans may be collected and sent to an independent radiologist for review. The 
slope of tumor growth prior to study entry and following treatment may be compared in 
subsequent analyses. Such comparisons may be important in evaluation of the clinical 
significance of subjects achieving a clinical response, particularly in those subjects 
achieving SD.
7.4.3.
Patient Reported Outcomes
The Lung Cancer Symptom Scale (LCSS) or the Lung Cancer Symptom Scale-
mesothelioma (LCSS-meso) will be self-administered by subjects (patient scales) and 
completed by the investigator (observer scales) as indicated in the Time and Events 
schedule (Table 10). The LCSS consists of 9 patient-reported items and 6 observer 
reported items, the LCSS-meso consists of 8 patient-reported items, and are validated in 
lung cancer and in mesothelioma patients [Hollen, 2006]. Using visual analogue scales 
(range from 0 to100), the patient scale measures the intensity of patient responses for 
appetite, fatigue, cough, dyspnea, hemoptysis, pain, and summary items symptoms of 
lung cancer, activity level and quality of life. An example questionnaire can be found in 
the SPM. The LCSS and LCSS-meso was chosen because of its focus on disease-related 

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
FGF117360
71
symptoms, the possibility to combine the patient’s perception with the investigator’s 
contextual knowledge, its demonstrated concept and content validity, ease of application 
and minimal burden to patients. 
It is important that the LCSS and LCSS-meso patient scale is administered at the start of 
the clinic visit before any other study assessments are performed.
7.5.
Pharmacokinetics
7.5.1.
Blood Sample Collection for Pharmacokinetics
Blood samples of approximately 4 mL for PK analysis of GSK3052230 will be collected 
at the time points indicated in the Time and Events Schedule (Section 7.1). For subjects 
in Arm A, a 4mL blood sample for PK analysis of paclitaxel may be collected and 
subjects in Arm B, a 4mL blood sample for PK analysis of docetaxel may be collected 
(see Section 7.1). Each PK sample should be collected as close as possible to the planned 
time relative to the dose (i.e., time zero) administered to the subject on PK days. The 
actual date and time of each blood sample collection will be recorded.
The timing and frequency of the PK sampling may be adjusted based on emerging data. 
Details on PK blood sample collection, processing, storage and shipping procedures are 
provided in the SPM.
7.5.2.
Pharmacokinetic Sample Analysis
Plasma analysis will be performed under the management of Worldwide Bioanalysis, 
Drug Metabolism and Pharmacokinetics, GSK. Concentrations of GSK3052230 and 
selected chemotherapy will be determined in plasma samples using the currently 
approved analytical methodologies.  Raw data will be stored in the Good Laboratory 
Practice Archives, GSK.
7.6.
Immunogenicity
Plasma samples for determination of anti- GSK3052230 antibodies will be taken from all 
subjects in this study as a safety measurement for GSK3052230 at the time-points 
specified in the Time and Events Table in Section 7.1.  Timing of the assessments may be 
adjusted based on emerging data.
Samples will be analyzed for the presence of anti- GSK3052230 antibodies by immuno-
electrochemiluminescent (ECL) screening assays.  If samples contain anti- GSK3052230 
antibodies as determined by the ECL screening assay, they will be further characterized 
for specificity and antibody titers.  The immunogenicity assessment report will include 
the incidence and levels of anti- GSK3052230 binding antibodies.
Samples obtained for immunogenicity will be retained in long term storage and may be 
characterized for neutralizing activity if a positive response is observed.

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
FGF117360
72
7.7.
Translational Research
7.7.1.
Central Confirmation of FGF Signalling Pathway Status and 
Translational Research
Collection of archival tumor tissue is required for all subjects (see Time and Events 
Table; Section 7.1); if not available a fresh sample will be required. A formalin fixed 
paraffin embedded tumor block is requested or if not available, approximately 15 sections 
will be needed. Details of the tumor biopsy collection including amount, processing, 
storage, and shipping procedures are provided in the SPM.
In Arms A and B, a requirement for inclusion is evidence of FGFR1 gene amplification 
in tumor tissue as determined by a central laboratory (CLIA or appropriate certification) 
using a laboratory developed test.
In Arm C, FGF2 and/or FGFR1  expression will be evaluated retrospectively by IHC to 
determine if expression levels of these proteins are associated with response to 
GSK3052230
Any remaining tissue from this study may be used for:

Development and validation of a potential IUO assay and companion diagnostic test, 
e.g., but not limited to FGFR1 gene amplification by FISH or FGF2 and/or FGFR1 
expression by IHC.

Alternative biomarkers of FGF pathway signalling such as other ligands or receptors. 

Biomarker research (protein, RNA and DNA) including status of RTK/PI3K/AKT 
pathways and cancer development and additional testing of DNA, RNA, or protein 
biomarkers related to the function of GSK3052230 if ongoing research identifies or 
defines additional predictive and prognostic biomarkers
It is essential that the required amount of tumor tissue is obtained in order to perform the 
FISH assay for entry into the study in Arms A and B, explore other potential measures of 
FGF signaling pathway deregulation in all arms including Arm C, and complete the 
necessary equivalency and precision testing requirements for the development of an IUO 
and potential companion diagnostic test.
Tissue samples/sections will be retained for the further confirmation using the IUO 
validated assay or potential companion diagnostic test, when available.  All samples will 
be retained for a maximum of 15 years after the last subject completes the trial.
7.7.2.
Peripheral Blood
7.7.2.1.
Plasma for Soluble Markers
Clusters of markers (e.g. cytokines and angiogenic factors [CAF]) circulating in the 
plasma have been found to correlate with tumor pathway activation. Soluble mesotheline-
related peptides (SMRP) have been shown to be clinical markers of MPM. Blood-based 
markers have the important advantage that specimens are readily available, simple to 
prepare and store, and can be taken prior to and during treatment. This allows for the 

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
FGF117360
73
assessment of predictive markers based on the baseline evaluation as well as markers of 
activity and resistance based on changes that occur during treatment. Therefore, a broad 
panel of CAF, including FGF ligands, and SMRP will be evaluated in plasma and 
correlated with clinical outcome to treatment with GSK3052230.
Plasma will be collected at multiple times to evaluate circulating cytokines, angiogenesis 
and other soluble factors. Details of the blood collection (including volume to be 
collected), processing, storage and shipping procedures will be provided in the SPM.
7.7.2.2.
Circulating cell free DNA (cfDNA) Analysis
Tumor-specific circulating nucleic acid (cfDNA) levels detected in plasma or serum have 
been found to correlate with increasing tumor burden and decline following therapy. 
Furthermore, cfDNA in cancer subjects can harbor many genetic alterations (mutations, 
microsatellite alterations, aberrant methylation), which are generally consistent with the 
tumor.  Thus, tumor-specific circulating cfDNA has the potential to be a useful biomarker 
of therapeutic response as well as offering a less invasive blood based technique for 
identifying and selecting subjects for certain treatments.  Given the promise of cfDNA 
blood based test for subject selection, this test will be explored to determine whether 
mutations in cfDNA correlate with that in the tumor tissue from which it is derived. This 
test will also be explored to correlate increasing cfDNA levels with increasing tumor 
burden.
Plasma samples collected at timepoints described in Time and Events Schedule (Section 
7.1) will be analyzed for mutations in genes relevant to RTK/MAPK/PI3K pathway and 
cancer biology in cfDNA.  Details of the blood collection (including volume to be 
collected), processing, storage and shipping procedures will be provided in the SPM.
7.8.
Pharmacogenetics
An important objective of the clinical study is pharmacogenetic (PGx) research. 
Participation in PGx is optional but all subjects who are eligible for the clinical study will 
be given the opportunity to participate.  Subjects may decline participation without effect 
on their medical care or care during the clinical study.  A separate consent signature is 
required for PGx research.
Subjects who provide consent will have a blood sample taken for analysis.  The 
presence/absence of genetic variations in selected candidate genes in DNA from blood 
will be analyzed to determine their relationship with response (safety, tolerability, 
pharmacokinetics (PK) and efficacy) to treatment with GSK2052230.
Information regarding PGx research is included in Appendix 1.  The institutional review 
board (IRB)/ethics committee (EC) and, where required, the applicable regulatory agency 
must approve the PGx assessments before these can be conducted at the site.  The 
approval(s) must be in writing and will clearly specify approval of the PGx assessments 
(i.e., approval of Appendix 1).  In some cases, approval of the PGx assessments can occur 
after approval is obtained for the rest of the study.  If so, then the written approval will 
clearly indicate approval of the PGx assessments is being deferred and the study, except 
for PGx assessments, can be initiated.  When PGx assessments will not be approved, then 

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
FGF117360
74
the approval for the rest of the study will clearly indicate this and therefore, PGx 
assessments will not be conducted.
8.
ADVERSE EVENTS AND SERIOUS ADVERSE EVENTS
The investigator or site staff will be responsible for detecting, documenting and reporting 
events that meet the definition of an AE or SAE as outlined in Section 8.1 and 
Section 8.2, respectively.
8.1.
Definition of an AE
Any untoward medical occurrence in a subject or clinical investigation subject, 
temporally associated with the use of a medicinal product, whether or not considered 
related to the medicinal product.
Note: An AE can therefore be any unfavorable and unintended sign (including an 
abnormal laboratory finding), symptom, or disease (new or exacerbated) temporally 
associated with the use of a medicinal product.  For marketed medicinal products, this 
also includes failure to produce expected benefits, abuse, or misuse. Examples of events 
meeting the definition of an AE include:

Exacerbation of a chronic or intermittent pre-existing condition including either an 
increase in frequency and/or grade of the condition

New conditions detected or diagnosed after study treatment administration even 
though it may have been present prior to the start of the study

Signs, symptoms, or the clinical sequelae of a suspected interaction

Signs, symptoms, or the clinical sequelae of a suspected overdose of either study 
treatment or a concomitant medication (overdose per se will not be reported as an 
AE/SAE). 
Events that do not meet the definition of an AE include:

Medical or surgical procedure (e.g., endoscopy, appendectomy); the condition that 
leads to the procedure is an AE.

Situations where an untoward medical occurrence did not occur (social and/or 
convenience admission to a hospital).

Anticipated day-to-day fluctuations of pre-existing disease(s) or condition(s) present 
or detected at the start of the study that do not worsen.

The disease/disorder being studied, or expected progression, signs, or symptoms of 
the disease/disorder being studied, unless more severe than expected for the subject’s 
condition.

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
FGF117360
75
8.2.
Definition of a SAE
A SAE is any untoward medical occurrence that, at any dose:
a.
Results in death
b.
Is life-threatening
NOTE: The term 'life-threatening' in the definition of 'serious' refers to an event in 
which the subject was at risk of death at the time of the event.  It does not refer to an 
event, which hypothetically might have caused death, if it were more severe.
c.
Requires hospitalization or prolongation of existing hospitalization
NOTE: In general, hospitalization signifies that the subject has been detained 
(usually involving at least an overnight stay) at the hospital or emergency ward for 
observation and/or treatment that would not have been appropriate in the physician’s 
office or out-subject setting.  Complications that occur during hospitalization are 
AEs. If a complication prolongs hospitalization or fulfills any other serious criteria, 
the event is serious.  When in doubt as to whether “hospitalization” occurred or was 
necessary, the AE should be considered serious.
Hospitalization for elective treatment of a pre-existing condition that did not worsen 
from baseline is not considered an AE.
d.
Results in disability/incapacity, or
NOTE: The term disability means a substantial disruption of a person’s ability to 
conduct normal life functions.  This definition is not intended to include experiences 
of relatively minor medical significance such as uncomplicated headache, nausea, 
vomiting, diarrhea, influenza, and accidental trauma (e.g. sprained ankle) which may 
interfere or prevent everyday life functions but do not constitute a substantial 
disruption.
e.
Is a congenital anomaly/birth defect. 
f.
Medical or scientific judgment should be exercised in deciding whether reporting is 
appropriate in other situations, such as important medical events that may not be 
immediately life-threatening or result in death or hospitalization but may jeopardize 
the subject or may require medical or surgical intervention to prevent one of the 
other outcomes listed in the above definition.  These should also be considered 
serious. Examples of such events are invasive or malignant cancers, intensive 
treatment in an emergency room or at home for allergic bronchospasm, blood 
dyscrasias or convulsions that do not result in hospitalization, or development of 
drug dependency or drug abuse.
g.
Protocol-Specific SAEs:

All events of possible study treatment-induced liver injury with 
hyperbilirubinemia as defined as alanine aminotransferase (ALT) 3 times upper 
limit of normal (ULN) and bilirubin ≥2 times ULN (>35% direct) (or 
ALT ≥3 times ULN and international normalization ratio (INR) >1.5, if INR is 
measured) or termed ‘Hy’s Law’ events (INR measurement is not required and 
the threshold value stated will not apply to subjects receiving anticoagulants).

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
FGF117360
76
NOTE: Bilirubin fractionation is performed if testing is available.  If testing is 
not available, record presence of detectable urinary bilirubin on dipstick 
indicating direct bilirubin elevations and suggesting liver injury.  If testing is 
unavailable and a subject meets the criterion of total bilirubin ≥2 times ULN, 
then the event is still reported as a serious adverse event (SAE). If INR is 
obtained, include values on the SAE form. INR elevations >1.5 suggest severe 
liver injury. 

Any new primary cancers.

Cardiac toxicity including LVEF changes or treatment emergent cardiac valve 
toxicity.

Treatment emergent acute anterior uveitis.
8.3.
Disease-Related Events and/or Disease-Related Outcomes 
Not Qualifying as SAEs
An event that is part of the natural course of the disease under study (i.e., disease 
progression or hospitalization due to disease progression) does not need to be reported as 
a SAE. Death due to disease under study is to be recorded on the Death eCRF. However, 
if the underlying disease (i.e., progression) is greater than that which would normally be 
expected for the subject, or if the investigator considers that there was a causal 
relationship between treatment with study treatment(s) or protocol design or procedures 
and the disease progression, then this must be reported as a SAE.
8.4.
Laboratory and Other Safety Assessment Abnormalities 
Reported as AEs and SAEs
Any abnormal laboratory test results (hematology, clinical chemistry, or urinalysis), or 
other safety assessments (e.g., ECGs, radiological scans, vital signs measurements) 
including those that worsen from baseline, and events felt to be clinically significant in 
the medical and scientific judgment of the investigator are to be recorded as an AE or 
SAE, in accordance with the definitions provided.
In addition, an associated AE or SAE is to be recorded for any laboratory test result or 
other safety assessment that led to an intervention, including permanent discontinuation 
of study treatment, dose reduction, and/or dose interruption/delay.
Any new primary cancer must be reported as an SAE. 
However, any clinically significant safety assessments that are associated with the 
underlying disease, unless judged by the investigator to be more severe than expected for 
the subject's condition, are not to be reported as AEs or SAEs.
8.5.
Time Period and Frequency of Detecting AEs and SAEs
The investigator or site staff is responsible for detecting, documenting and reporting 
events that meet the definition of an AE or SAE. 

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
FGF117360
77
AEs will be collected from the time the first dose of study treatment is administered until 
30 days following discontinuation of study treatment regardless of initiation of a new 
cancer therapy or transfer to hospice. 
SAEs will be collected over the same time period as stated above for AEs. In addition, 
any SAE assessed as related to study participation (e.g., protocol-mandated procedures, 
invasive tests, or change in existing therapy), study treatment or GSK concomitant 
medication must be recorded from the time a subject consents to participate in the study 
up to and including any follow-up contact.  All SAEs will be reported to GSK within 
24 hours, as indicated in Section 8.5.2.
After discontinuation of study treatment, the investigator will monitor all AEs/SAEs that 
are ongoing until resolution or stabilization of the event or until the subject is lost to 
follow-up.  At any time after 30 days the investigator may report any AE that they 
believe possibly related to study treatment. 
8.5.1.
Method of Detecting AEs and SAEs
Care must be taken not to introduce bias when detecting AEs and/or SAEs. Open-ended 
and non-leading verbal questioning of the subject is the preferred method to inquire about 
AE occurrence. Appropriate questions include:
“How are you feeling?”
“Have you had any (other) medical problems since your last visit/contact?”
“Have you taken any new medicines, other than those provided in this study, since your 
last visit/contact?”
8.5.2.
Prompt Reporting of SAEs and Other Events to GSK
SAEs, pregnancies, and liver function abnormalities meeting pre-defined criteria will be 
reported promptly by the investigator to GSK as described in the following table once the 
investigator determines the event meets the protocol definition for that event.

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
FGF117360
78
Initial Reports
Follow-up Information on a Previous 
Report
Type of Event
Time Frame
Documents
Time Frame
Documents
All SAEs
24 hours
SAE data collection tool
24 hours
Updated SAE data 
collection tool 
Pregnancy
2 Weeks
Pregnancy Notification 
Form
2 Weeks
Pregnancy Follow-up 
Form
Liver chemistry abnormalities:
ALT 3 times ULN and 
bilirubin 2 times ULN 
(>35% direct) (or ALT 3 
times ULN and INR >1.5, 
if INR is measured)c
24 hoursa
SAE data collection tool;
Liver Event eCRF and 
liver imaging and/or 
biopsy eCRFs if 
applicableb
24 hours
Updated SAE data 
collection tool. 
Updated Liver Event 
eCRFb
ALT 5 times ULN; ALT 
3 times ULN with 
hepatitis or rash or 3 
times ULN 4 weeks
24 hoursa
Liver Event eCRFb
24 hours
Updated Liver Event 
eCRFb
ALT 3 times ULN and <5 
times ULN and bilirubin <2 
times ULN
24 hoursa
Liver Event eCRF does 
not need to be completed 
unless elevations persist 
for 4 weeks or subject 
cannot be monitored 
weekly for 4 weeksb
a.
GSK to be notified at onset of liver chemistry elevations to discuss subject safety.
b.
Liver event documents should be completed as soon as possible
c.
INR measurement is not required; if measured, the threshold value stated will not apply to subjects receiving 
anticoagulants.
Please refer to Section 4.6.1 for liver chemistry stopping criteria and follow-up 
procedures.
Methods for detecting, recording, evaluating, and following up on AEs and SAEs are 
provided in the SPM.
8.5.3.
Regulatory reporting requirements for SAEs
Prompt notification of serious adverse events (SAEs) by the investigator to GSK is 
essential so that legal obligations and ethical responsibilities towards the safety of 
subjects are met.
GSK has a legal responsibility to notify both the local regulatory authority and other 
regulatory agencies about the safety of a product under clinical investigation.  GSK will 
comply with country specific regulatory requirements relating to safety reporting to the 
regulatory authority, institutional review board (IRB)/ethics committee (EC) and 
investigators.
Investigator safety reports are prepared for suspected unexpected serious adverse 
reactions according to local regulatory requirements and GSK policy and are forwarded 
to investigators as necessary.

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
FGF117360
79
An investigator who receives an investigator safety report describing a SAE(s) or other 
specific safety information (e.g., summary or listing of SAEs) from GSK will file it with 
the IB and will notify the IRB/EC, if appropriate according to local requirements.
9.
CONCOMITANT MEDICATIONS AND NON-DRUG 
THERAPIES
Subjects will be instructed to inform the investigator prior to starting any new 
medications from the time of first dose of study treatment until the end of the study (Final 
Study Visit).  Any concomitant medication(s), including non-prescription medication(s) 
and herbal product(s), taken during the study will be recorded in the eCRF. Additionally, 
a complete list of all prior anti-cancer therapies will be recorded in the eCRF.
If future changes are made to the list of permitted/prohibited medications, formal 
documentation will be provided by GSK and stored in the study file.  Any such changes 
will be communicated to the investigative sites in the form of a letter.
9.1.
Permitted Medication(s)
Subjects should receive full supportive care during the study, including transfusion of 
blood and blood products, and treatment with antibiotics, antiemetics, antidiarrheals, and 
analgesics, as appropriate. Pre-medication for chemotherapy is allowed per institutional 
guidelines.
The prophylactic use of hematopoietic colony stimulating factors is not recommended in 
Cycle 1 of the dose escalation portion of the study.  Local institutional practices vary 
globally, please discuss with the GSK medical team if there is a need to have 
prophylactic use for subjects during the dose escalation period or alternative dose finding 
period.  During expansion phase, growth factor support therapy (e.g., G-CSF, GM-CSF) 
may be administered as a prophylaxis for chemotherapy-related neutropenia according to 
the NCCN Clinical Practice Guidelines in Oncology: Myeloid Growth Factors v.1.2010 
[NCCN, 2010] or the European Organisation for Research and Treatment of Cancer 
guidelines for the use of G-CSFs [Aapro, 2011].  All growth factor use must be recorded 
as concomitant medication. 
Aromatase inhibitors, octreotide, and GnRH analogues are permitted if the subject has 
been receiving these therapies and continued therapy is deemed to be clinically indicated. 
Other non-investigational concomitant medications are discouraged unless medically 
indicated.
9.2.
Prohibited Medications
Investigational medications other than GSK3052230 are prohibited throughout the study. 
Anti-cancer agents other than those described within this protocol are prohibited.
Use of oral contraceptives (either combined or progesterone only)/estrogenic vaginal 
ring/percutaneous contraceptive patches/implants of levonorgestrel/injectable 
progesterone is prohibited in this study as it is not known if there is the potential of 
inhibition/induction of enzymes that affect the metabolism of estrogens and/or progestins.

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
FGF117360
80
Agents known to alter the metabolism of the baseline chemotherapies, including 
non-traditional medications such as herbal remedies, should be avoided.  If such use is 
identified, then use should be properly recorded.
Pre-medication (such as anti-histamines or corticosteroids) prior to infusion of 
GSK3052230 should not be used unless the subject has experienced an infusion reaction 
to previous administration or it is a required component of concomitant chemotherapy.
9.3.
Permitted Non-Drug Therapies
Concurrent radiation therapy and surgery for solid tumors, including advanced or 
metastatic NSCLC, including resection of non-dominant metastases, is prohibited.
In exceptional cases, palliative radiation of bone metastasis may be allowed during the 
screening or treatment period if all of the following conditions are met:

There is no evidence of disease progression for subjects on study treatment

Intention of palliation is only for symptom control of bone pain and does not include 
any “target” lesion.

Single-dose palliation is planned (≤8 GY allowed; no prolonged or fractionated RT 
is allowed)

The investigator has reviewed the case with the GSK medical monitor.
GSK3052230 should be stopped 2 weeks prior to radiation and then restarted post-
radiation.
10.
LIFESTYLE AND/OR DIETARY RESTRICTIONS
10.1.
Contraception
10.1.1.
Female Subjects
A female of non-childbearing potential (i.e., physiologically incapable of becoming 
pregnant) is defined as any female who has had a hysterectomy, bilateral oophorectomy 
(ovariectomy) or bilateral tubal ligation, or is post-menopausal.
A practical definition accepts menopause after 1 year without menses with an appropriate 
clinical profile, e.g., age appropriate, >45 years in the absence of hormone replacement 
therapy. In questionable cases, the subject must have a follicular stimulating hormone 
(FSH) value >40 mIU/mL and an estradiol value < 40pg/mL (<140 pmol/L).
A female of childbearing potential is defined as any female who does not meet the 
criteria of non-childbearing potential as described in the previous paragraph.
Female subjects of childbearing potential must not become pregnant during the study and 
so must be sexually inactive by abstinence or use contraceptive methods with a failure 
rate of <1%.

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
FGF117360
81
Abstinence
Sexual inactivity by abstinence must be consistent with the preferred and usual lifestyle 
of the subject. Periodic abstinence (e.g. calendar, ovulation, symptothermal, post-
ovulation methods) and withdrawal are not acceptable methods of contraception. 
Contraceptive Methods with a Failure Rate of <1%

Intrauterine device or intrauterine system that meets the <1% failure rate as stated in 
the product label

Male partner sterilization (vasectomy with documentation of azoospermia) prior to 
the female subject's entry into the study, and this male is the sole partner for that 
subject.  For this definition, “documented” refers to the outcome of the 
investigator's/designee’s medical examination of the subject or review of the 
subject's medical history for study eligibility, as obtained via a verbal interview with 
the subject or from the subject’s medical records.

Double-barrier method: condom and occlusive cap (diaphragm or cervical/vault 
caps) plus vaginal spermicidal agent (foam/gel/film/cream/suppository) 
These allowed methods of contraception are only effective when used consistently, 
correctly and in accordance with the product label. The investigator is responsible 
for ensuring subjects understand how to properly use these methods of 
contraception.
Complete abstinence from sexual intercourse or contraception must be practiced for 
14 days prior to first dose of study treatment, through the dosing period, and for at least 
4 weeks after the last dose of GSK3052230 or 6 months after the last dose of 
chemotherapy, whichever is latest.
10.1.2.
Male Subjects
For male subjects, to prevent pregnancy in a female partner or to prevent exposure of any 
partner to the study treatment from a male subject’s semen, male subjects must use one of 
the following contraceptive methods until 6 months after the last dose of chemotherapy:

Abstinence, defined as sexual inactivity consistent with the preferred and usual 
lifestyle of the subject.  Periodic abstinence (e.g. calendar, ovulation, symptothermal, 
post-ovulation methods) and withdrawal are not acceptable methods of 
contraception.
Complete abstinence from sexual intercourse prior to first dose of chemotherapy 
treatment, through the dosing period, and for at least 6 months after the last dose of 
chemotherapy treatment.

Condom (during non-vaginal intercourse with any partner - male or female) OR 
Double-barrier method: condom and occlusive cap (diaphragm or cervical/vault 
caps) plus spermicidal agent (foam/gel/film/cream/suppository)

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
FGF117360
82
11.
DATA MANAGEMENT
For this study, data will be collected using defined eCRFs, transmitted electronically to 
GSK and combined with data provided from other sources in a validated data system.
Patient reported data will be collected via paper questionnaires and will be entered into 
the eCRF centrally. Data will be checked for completeness by study staff immediately 
after completion by the subject and reasons for non-compliance will be noted.
Management of clinical data will be performed in accordance with applicable GSK 
standards and data cleaning procedures to ensure the integrity of the data, e.g. removing 
errors and inconsistencies in the data. AEs and concomitant medications terms will be 
coded using Medical Dictionary for Regulatory Activities (MedDRA) and an internal 
validated medication dictionary, GSK Drug. Electronic CRFs (eCRFs), including queries 
and audit trails, will be retained by GSK, and copies will be sent to the investigator to 
maintain as the investigator copy.
12.
DATA ANALYSIS AND STATISTICAL CONSIDERATIONS
12.1.
Considerations of statistical design
The sections below show the planned dose cohorts as well as the decision rules, by study 
arm, specifying the number of subjects with a confirmed objective response (according to 
RECIST 1.1 or modified RECIST for Arm C) needed for continuing enrolment or 
stopping for futility.  The methodology is based on the predictive probability of success if 
enrolment continues to 30 subjects [Lee, 2008].  The predictive probability design is 
similar to a Green-Dahlberg design in that it allows for early stopping for futility but the 
design allows evaluation of futility after every subject once a minimum enrolment has 
been reached whereas the Green-Dahlberg design does this at one fixed interim and at the 
end of enrolment. While the two designs have similar type I and type II error rates, the 
probability of early termination is greater with the predictive probability design.  A 
randomized Phase II or Phase III study may be conducted based on the results from this 
study. 
12.2.
Hypotheses
No formal statistical hypotheses are being tested during the dose escalation portions of 
Arms A, B, and C.  Analysis of the data obtained from the dose escalation parts of the 
study will be focused on comparison between dose cohorts and only descriptive methods 
will be used in analysis of the data.
For the dose expansion portions of the study, hypothesized response rates are provided in 
Section 12.3.  In each case, a test that the response rate is less than or equal to the null 
hypothesis rate versus the response rate is greater than or equal to the alternative rate is 
being performed using the stopping rules provided.  Descriptive statistics will be used to 
describe the observed response rates at the dose used in the expanded cohorts for each of 
the arms.

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
FGF117360
83
12.3.
Sample Size Determination
12.3.1.
Arm A: GSK3052230 + Paclitaxel + Carboplatin
An initial dose escalation will be used to establish the MTD (or MFD) for GSK3052230. 
Once the final dose is confirmed, at least 12 and up to 30 subjects in total will be enrolled 
at that dose, guided by decision rules defined in Section 4.2.1.  The assumptions 
underlying the design are detailed below and are based on the most recent phase 3 
evaluation of this regimen in NSCLC subjects including the squamous subset 
[Socinski, 2012].
The null hypothesis is:
H0: p≤25%
The alternative hypothesis is:
HA:p≥45%
Starting with a cohort of 12 subjects and allowing for a maximum sample size of 30, this 
design will have a type I error rate () of 0.11 and 86% power.  The trial is stopped early 
for futility if the predictive probability of success is less than 0.1%.  The Bayesian prior 
used in determining the design was Beta (0.3, 0.7), a relatively non-informative prior 
with a mean response rate of 30%.  Under the null hypothesis, the expected sample size is 
24.2 subjects and probability of early termination is 83.5%. Under the alternative 
hypothesis, the expected sample size is 29.7 subjects and the probability of early 
termination is 9%.
12.3.2.
Arm B: GSK3052230 + Docetaxel
An initial dose escalation will be used to establish the MTD. Once the final dose is 
confirmed, at least 14 and up to 30 subjects in total will be enrolled at that dose, using 
decision rules defined in Section 4.2.2.  The assumptions underlying the design are 
detailed below and are based on previously published randomized phase 3 data in the 2nd
line setting of metastatic NSCLC [Hanna, 2004]. 
The null hypothesis is:
H0: p≤10%
The alternative hypothesis is:
HA:p≥25%
Starting with a cohort of 14 subjects and allowing for a maximum sample size of 30, this 
design will have a type I error rate () of 0.07 and 79% power.  The trial is stopped early 
for futility if the predictive probability of success is less than 0.1%.  The Bayesian prior 
used in determining the design was Beta (0.15, 0.85), a relatively non-informative prior 
with a mean response rate of 15%.  Under the null hypothesis, the expected sample size is 

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
FGF117360
84
24.0 subjects and probability of early termination is 84.5%. Under the alternative 
hypothesis, the expected sample size is 29.5 subjects and the probability of early 
termination is 12.2%.
12.3.3.
Arm C: GSK3052230 + Pemetrexed + Cisplatin
An initial dose escalation will be used to establish the MTD. Once the final dose is 
confirmed, at least 12 and up to 30 subjects in total will be enrolled at that dose, using 
decision rules defined in Section 4.2.3.  The assumptions underlying the design are 
detailed below and are based on previously published randomized phase 3 data in the 1st 
line setting of malignant pleural mesothelioma [Vogelzang, 2003].
The null hypothesis is:
H0: p≤40%
The alternative hypothesis is:
HA:p≥60%
Starting with a cohort of 12 subjects and allowing for a maximum sample size of 30, this 
design will have a type I error rate (α) of 0.10 and 82% power.  The trial is stopped early 
for futility if the predictive probability of success is less than 0.1%.  The Bayesian prior 
used in determining the design was Beta (0. 5, 0.5), a relatively non-informative prior 
with a mean response rate of 50%.  Under the null hypothesis, the expected sample size is 
23.1 subjects and probability of early termination is 86.4%. Under the alternative 
hypothesis, the expected sample size is 29.5 subjects and the probability of early 
termination is 13.7%.
12.4.
Sample Size Sensitivity
No analysis of sample size sensitivity was performed.
12.4.1.
Sample Size Re-estimation
Sample size re-estimation is not planned for this study.
12.5.
Data Analysis Considerations
12.5.1.
Analysis Populations
The All Treated Population is defined as all subjects who receive at least one dose of 
GSK3052230. Safety and anti-cancer activity will be evaluated based on this analysis 
population. 
The PK Population will consist of all subjects from the All Treated Population for whom 
a PK sample is obtained and analyzed.
The Assay Validation Population is defined as all subjects who were consented, 
screened for the study (regardless if the subject met eligibility requirements for study 

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
FGF117360
85
enrollment) and whose tissue was assayed by the central laboratory for FGFR1
amplification.  Data from this population may be used for future validation of the assay.
12.6.
Treatment Comparisons
No statistical comparisons will be made between doses for a given study arm. Safety, PK, 
PD, biomarker, and anti-tumor activity summaries will be provided by dose level of 
GSK3052230 for each study arm.
12.7.
Interim Analysis
Preliminary safety data, including adverse events, changes in laboratory values and other 
safety parameters will be evaluated for each dose escalation cohort  prior to making dose 
escalation decisions.
For each study arm, after the initial 12 (Arms A and C) or 14 (Arm B) subjects have 
enrolled at the final dose, response data will be reviewed on an ongoing basis and the 
number of responses observed will be compared with the stopping rules provided in 
Section 4.2.1 (Arm A), Section 4.2.2 (Arm B), and Section 4.2.3 (Arm C). 
For Arm C only, the totality of the data will be reviewed prior to stopping for futility and 
the futility stopping rules are non-binding. The final analysis for Arm C will require 
16/30 responses as specified in Table 16. This is equivalent to a binomial test at the final 
analysis with alpha level 0.10 and power of 82%.
The rules for Parts A, B and C are also shown in a tabular format below:

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
FGF117360
86
Table 14
Stopping Rules for Arm A: GSK3052230 + Paclitaxel + Carboplatin
Number of Patients Enrolled
This Number of Objective 
Responses to Stop Early for 
Futility
12
0
13
0
14
1
15
1
16
1
17
2
18
2
19
2
20
3
21
3
22
4
23
4
24
5
25
5
26
6
27
7
28
8
29
9
30
10

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
FGF117360
87
Table 15
Stopping Rules for Arm B: GSK3052230 + Docetaxel
Number of Patients 
Enrolled
This Number of Objective 
Responses to Stop Early for 
Futility
14
0
15
0
16
0
17
0
18
0
19
0
20
0
21
0
22
1
23
1
24
1
25
1
26
2
27
2
28
3
29
4
30
5

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
FGF117360
88
Table 16
Stopping Rules for Arm C: GSK3052230 + Pemetrexed + Cisplatin
Number of Patients 
Enrolled
This Number of Objective 
Responses to Stop Early for 
Futility
12
2
13
2
14
3
15
3
16
4
17
4
18
5
19
5
20
6
21
7
22
7
23
8
24
9
25
10
26
11
27
12
28
13
29
14
30
15
12.8.
Key Elements of Analysis Plan
Data will be listed and summarized according to the GSK reporting standards, where 
applicable. Complete details will be documented in the Reporting and Analysis Plan 
(RAP).  Any deviations from, or additions to, the original analysis plan described in this 
protocol will be documented in the RAP and final study report.
As it is anticipated that accrual will be spread thinly across centers and summaries of data 
by center would be unlikely to be information, data from all participating centers will be 
pooled prior to analysis.
All data up to the time of study completion/withdrawal from study will be included in the 
analysis, regardless of duration of treatment.
As the duration of treatment for a given subject will depend on efficacy and tolerability, 
the duration of follow-up will vary between subjects. Consequently there will be no 
imputation for missing data. 
Demographic and baseline characteristics will be summarized.

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
FGF117360
89
12.8.1.
Anti-Cancer Activity Analyses
The All Treated Population will be used for anti-cancer activity analyses. Anti-cancer 
activity will be evaluated using RECIST, version 1.1 for Arms A and B and modified 
RECIST for Arm C. The response data will be summarized by study arm and dose level. 
Full details will be specified in the RAP. 
For the analysis of PFS, if the subject received subsequent anti-cancer therapy prior to the 
date of documented events, PFS will be censored at the last adequate assessment (e.g. 
assessment where visit level response is CR, PR, or SD) prior to the initiation of therapy. 
Otherwise, if the subject does not have a documented date of events, PFS will be 
censored at the date of the last adequate assessment.  Further details on rules for 
censoring will be provided in the RAP. PFS will be summarized using the Kaplan-Meier 
method.
12.8.2.
Safety Analyses
The All Treated Population will be used for the analysis of safety data. All serially 
collected safety endpoints (e.g. laboratory tests, vital signs, ECGs) will be summarized 
according to the scheduled, nominal visit at which they were collected and across all on-
treatment time points using a “worst-case” analysis.  Complete details of the safety 
analyses will be provided in the RAP.
12.8.2.1.
Extent of Exposure
The number of subjects administered study treatment will be summarized according to 
the duration of therapy. 
12.8.2.2.
Adverse Events
AEs will be coded using the standard MedDRA and grouped by system organ class. AEs 
will be graded by the investigator according to the National Cancer Institute- Common 
Toxicity Criteria for Adverse Events (NCI-CTCAE), (version 4.03).
Events will be summarized by frequency and proportion of total subjects, by system 
organ class and preferred term. Separate summaries will be given for all AEs, treatment-
related AEs, SAEs and AEs leading to discontinuation of study treatment. AEs, if listed 
in the NCI-CTCAE (version 4.03) will be summarized by the maximum grade.  
Otherwise, the AEs will be summarized by maximum intensity.
The incidence of deaths and the primary cause of death will be summarized.
For the dose-escalation portions of the study, dose-limiting toxicities (DLTs) will be 
listed for each subject and summarized by dose cohort according to International Data 
Standards Library standards. 
12.8.2.3.
Clinical Laboratory Evaluations
Hematology and clinical chemistry data will be summarized using frequencies and 
proportions according to National Cancer Institute-Common Toxicity Criteria for 

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
FGF117360
90
Adverse Events (NCI-CTCAE) (version 4.03).  Laboratory test results outside the 
reference range that do not have an associated NCI-CTCAE criteria will be summarized 
using proportions. Further details will be provided in the Reporting and Analysis Plan 
(RAP).
12.8.2.4.
Other Safety Measures
Data for vital signs, ECGs, and ECHOs will be summarized based on predetermined 
criteria identified to be of potential clinical concern.  Immunogenicity data will be 
summarized and listed. Further details will be provided in the RAP.
12.8.3.
Patient Reported Outcomes
Change from baseline scores in LCSS and LCSS-meso will be calculated for all scales 
and timepoints. Change from baseline of 10mm was previously identified as clinically 
meaningful (P. Hollen, personal communication). The number of subjects achieving a 
10mm improvement at any timepoint will be tabulated for each component of the LCSS. 
For each component of the LCSS, plots of individual and/or mean/median values and 
change from baseline values over time will be produced.  If warranted, mixed-effects 
models may be used to model subject data over time for components of particular 
interest. Associations with efficacy assessments and between patient reported and 
clinician reported symptomatic will be explored when warranted. Further details will be 
provided in the RAP.
12.8.4.
Pharmacokinetic Analyses
PK analyses will be the responsibility of Clinical Pharmacokinetics/Modelling & 
Simulation, GSK. Plasma GSK3052230 concentration-time data may be combined with 
data from other studies and will be analyzed using a population pharmacokinetic 
approach.  A nonlinear mixed effects model will be used to determine population 
pharmacokinetic parameters (clearances, CL and volumes of distribution, V) and identify 
important covariates (e.g., age, weight, or disease related covariates).  Summary exposure 
measures (Cmax, AUC and average concentration Cav defined as time corrected AUC 
[AUC/]) will also be computed. Results of this analysis may be provided in a separate 
report.
Plasma concentration-time data will be listed and summarized using descriptive statistics 
(n, mean, SD, median, minimum and maximum).
12.8.5.
Pharmacokinetic/Pharmacodynamic Analyses
Observed or predicted concentrations or summary exposure measure (eg; Cmax, Ctrough, 
and Cav) may be combined with safety and efficacy pharmacodynamic measures of 
interest to examine potential exposure response relationships.  Graphical evaluation will 
first be performed. 
Where evidence of activity is seen, linear and/or non-linear mixed effect models may be 
fitted to the data to estimate PK/PD parameters of interest (e.g. slope, baseline (E0), 
concentration for 50% of maximum effect (EC50) and maximum effect (Emax)).

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
FGF117360
91
Overall efficacy data, as assessed by conventional RECIST 1.1 criteria (best confirmed 
response) and overall tumor burden, may be described using ordered categorical model 
and continuous models with summary exposure parameters (eg; Cmax, Ctrough, and 
Cav) as covariates derived from the population PK analysis.  Further model details will 
be provided in the Reporting and Analysis Plan.
12.8.6.
Tumor Kinetics Analysis
Data from some arms of the study may be combined to describe the kinetics of tumor 
growth based on the sum of longest diameters and/or volume of target lesions. 
The kinetics of tumor growth may be described as a function of time using the NSCLC 
model described by the FDA [Wang, 2009]. The tumor size (TS) is expressed as:
TS(t) = BSL•e-SRt + PR•t
where TS(t) denotes the tumor size measured as the sum of longest distance (mm) of 
lesions or volume (mm3) at time t, BSL is the baseline tumor size, SR is the exponential 
tumor shrinkage rate constant and PR is the linear tumor progression rate.
The kinetics of tumor growth may also be described as a function of time using the model 
described by Claret [Claret, 2009]. The model is expressed as:
dTS(t)/dt = (KL-KD•e-t)•TS(t)
where TS(t) denotes the sum of longest distance (mm) of lesions or volume (mm3) at 
time t, with TS(0) being the baseline tumor size, KL represents the exponential tumor 
growth rate, KD represents the exponential rate of tumor shrinkage (i.e. drug effect on 
total tumor size), λ is the rate constant for drug resistance/disease progression.  A 
measure of exposure of one or more of the administered medications may be included in 
the models.
The equation proposed by Wang and/or Claret will be fit to the observed data using a 
mixed-effects model with NONMEM VII.  Other models of the kinetics of tumor growth, 
such as a 2-parameter model, may be used to analyze the data [Stein, 2011; Stein, 2012].
The time to tumor growth (TTG) may be estimated with parameters from the appropriate 
model. Subject characteristics such as baseline tumor size, performance status, LDH, age, 
sex, race, prior therapies, or radiotherapy, may be evaluated to determine which 
covariates have a significant effect on the kinetics of tumor growth.
12.8.7.
Translational Research Analyses
Exploratory analysis may be performed to examine potential relationships between 
anticancer activity and changes in markers of deregulation of FGF signaling pathway 
(example: FGFR1 gene amplification) or tumor biology (e.g. cytokines, acute phase 
proteins, relevant transcripts and/or proteins) or between anticancer activity and potential 
markers of sensitivity.

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
FGF117360
92
The results of translational research investigations may be reported separately from the 
main clinical study report or as an amendment.  All endpoints of interest from all 
comparisons will be descriptively and/or graphically summarized as appropriate to the 
data. Further details on the translational research analyses will be addressed in the RAP.
12.8.8.
Pharmacogenetic Analyses
Further details on pharmacogenetic (PGx) analyses will be addressed in Appendix 1 and 
the PGx Reporting and Analysis Plan (RAP).
13.
STUDY CONDUCT CONSIDERATIONS
13.1.
Posting of Information on Clinicaltrials.gov
Study information from this protocol will be posted on publicly available clinical trial 
registers before enrollment of subjects begins.
13.2.
Regulatory and Ethical Considerations, Including the 
Informed Consent Process
Prior to initiation of a study site, GSK will obtain approval from the appropriate 
regulatory agency to conduct the study in accordance with International Conference on 
Harmonization Good Clinical Practice (ICH GCP) and applicable country-specific 
regulatory requirements.
The study will be conducted in accordance with all applicable regulatory requirements.
The study will be conducted in accordance with ICH GCP, all applicable subject privacy 
requirements, and the ethical principles that are outlined in the Declaration of Helsinki 
2008, including, but not limited to:

Institutional review board (IRB)/ethics committee (EC) review and approval of study 
protocol and any subsequent amendments

Subject informed consent

Investigator reporting requirements
GSK will provide full details of the above procedures, either verbally, in writing, or both.
Written informed consent must be obtained from each subject prior to participation in the 
study.
13.3.
Urgent Safety Measures
If an event occurs that is related to the conduct of the study or the development of the IP, 
and this new event is likely to affect the study of subjects, the Sponsor, and the 
investigator will take appropriate urgent safety measures to protect subjects against any 
immediate hazard.

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
FGF117360
93
The Sponsor will work with the investigator to ensure the Institutional review board 
(IRB)/ethics committee (EC) is notified.
13.4.
Quality Control (Study Monitoring)
In accordance with applicable regulations, Good Clinical Practice (GCP) and GSK 
procedures, the site will be contacted prior to the start of the study to review with the site 
staff the protocol, study requirements, and their responsibilities to satisfy regulatory, 
ethical, and GSK requirements.  When reviewing data collection procedures, the 
discussion will include identification, agreement and documentation of data items for 
which the eCRF will serve as the source document.
The investigator and the head of the medical institution (where applicable) agrees to 
allow the monitor direct access to all relevant documents and to allocate their time and 
the time to their staff to monitor to discuss findings and any issues.
Monitoring visits will be conducted in a manner to ensure that the:

Data are authentic, accurate, and complete.

Safety and rights of subjects are being protected.

Study is conducted in accordance with the currently approved protocol and any other 
study agreements, ICH GCP, and all applicable regulatory requirements.
13.5.
Quality Assurance
To ensure compliance with International Conference on Harmonization Good Clinical 
Practice (ICH GCP) and all applicable regulatory requirements, GSK may conduct 
quality assurance audits of the site.  Regulatory agencies may conduct a regulatory 
inspection at any time during or after completion of the study.  In the event of an audit or 
inspection, the investigator (and institution) must agree to grant the auditor(s) and 
inspector(s) direct access to all relevant documents and to allocate their time and the time 
of their staff to discuss any findings/relevant issues.
13.6.
Study and Site Closure
The end of the study will be defined as the date of the last visit of the last subject
enrolled.
Upon completion or termination of the study, the monitor will conduct site closure 
activities with the investigator or site staff (as appropriate), in accordance with applicable 
regulations, International Conference on Harmonization Good Clinical Practice (ICH 
GCP), and GSK Standard Operating Procedures.
GSK reserves the right to temporarily suspend or terminate the study at any time for 
reasons including (but not limited to) safety issues, ethical issues, or severe 
noncompliance.  If GSK determines that such action is required, GSK will discuss the 
reasons for taking such action with the investigator or head of the medical institution 

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
FGF117360
94
(where applicable). When feasible, GSK will provide advance notice to the investigator
or head of the medical institution of the impending action.
If a study is suspended or terminated for safety reasons, GSK will promptly inform all 
investigators, heads of the medical institutions (where applicable),and/or institutions 
conducting the study.  GSK will also promptly inform the relevant regulatory authorities 
of the suspension/termination along with the reasons for such action.  Where required by 
applicable regulations, the investigator or head of the medical institution must inform the 
IRB/EC promptly and provide the reason(s) for the suspension/termination.
GSK may also close study sites which fail to recruit subjects within a predefined 
timeframe, as defined within the SPM.
13.7.
Records Retention
Following closure of the study, the investigator or head of the medical institution (where 
applicable) must maintain all site study records (except for those required by local 
regulations to be maintained elsewhere) in a safe and secure location.  The records must 
be easily accessible when needed (e.g., for a GSK audit or regulatory inspection) and 
must be available for review in conjunction with assessment of the facility, supporting 
systems, and relevant site staff.
Where permitted by local laws/regulations or institutional policy, some or all of the 
records may be maintained in a format other than hard copy (e.g., microfiche, scanned, 
electronic); however, caution must be exercised before such action is taken.  The 
investigator must ensure that all reproductions are legible and are a true and accurate 
copy of the original. In addition, they must meet accessibility and retrieval standards, 
including regeneration of a hard copy, if required.  The investigator must also ensure that 
an acceptable back-up of the reproductions exists and that there is an acceptable quality 
control procedure in place for creating the reproductions.
GSK will inform the investigator of the time period for retaining the site records in order 
to comply with all applicable regulatory requirements.  The minimum retention time will 
meet the strictest standard applicable to a particular site, as dictated by local 
laws/regulations, GSK standard operating procedures, and/or institutional requirements.
The investigator must notify GSK of any changes in the archival arrangements, including, 
but not limited to archival of records at an off-site facility or transfer of ownership of the 
records in the event that the investigator is no longer associated with the site.
13.8.
Provision of Study Results to Investigators, Posting of 
Information on Publicly Available Clinical Trials Registers 
and Publication
Where required by applicable regulatory requirements, an investigator signatory will be 
identified for the approval of the clinical study report.  The investigator will be provided 
reasonable access to statistical tables, figures, and relevant reports and will have the 
opportunity to review the complete study results at a GSK site or other mutually-
agreeable location.

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
FGF117360
95
GSK will also provide the investigator with the full summary of the study results.  The 
investigator is encouraged to share the summary results with the study subjects, as 
appropriate.
The results summary will be posted to the GSK Clinical Study Register no later than 8 
months after the final primary completion date, the date that the final subject was 
examined or received an intervention for the purposes of final collection of data for the 
primary outcome. In addition a manuscript will be submitted to a peer-reviewed journal 
for publication no later than 18 months after the last subject’s last visit (LSLV).
When manuscript publication in a peer-reviewed journal is not feasible, a statement will 
be added to the register to explain the reason for not publishing.

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
FGF117360
96
14.
REFERENCES
Aapro MS, Bohlius J, Cameron DA, et al. 2010 update of EORTC guidelines for the use 
of granulocyte-colony stimulating factor to reduce the incidence of chemotherapy-
induced febrile neutropenia in adult patients with lymphoproliferative disorders and solid 
tumours. Eur J Cancer. 2011;47:8–32.
Alimta (pemetrexed) Product Information. 2004.
Beenken A, Mohammadi M. The FGF family: biology, pathophysiology and therapy. Nat 
Rev Drug Discov. 2009 Mar;8(3):235-53
Berger W, Setinek U, Mohr T, et al. Evidence for a role of FGF-2 and FGF receptors in 
the proliferation of non-small cell lung cancer cells. Int J Cancer. 1999; 83: 415–423.
Byrne MJ, Nowak AK. Modified RECIST criteria for assessment of response in 
malignant pleural mesothelioma. Ann Oncol. 2004; 2: 257-60.
Calvert AH, Lind MJ, Ghazal-Aswad S, et al. Carboplatin and granulocyte colony-
stimulating factor as first-line treatment for epithelial ovarian cancer: a phase I dose-
intensity escalation study. Semin Oncol. 1994; (5 Suppl 12): 1-6.
Calvert AH, Newell DR, Gumbrell LA, et al., Carboplatin dosage: prospective evaluation 
of a simple formula based on renal function. J Clin Oncol. 1989; 11:1748-56.
Chandler LA, Sosnowski BA, Greenlees L, et al., Prevalent expression of fibroblast 
growth factor (FGF) receptors and FGF2 in human tumor cell lines. Int J Cancer. 1999; 
81: 451–58.
Claret L., Girard P., Hoff PM, et al. Model-based prediction of Phase III overall survival 
in colorectal cancer on the basis of Phase II tumor dynamics. J Clin Oncol 2009;7:4103-
4108.
Davidson B, Vintman L, Zcharia E et al. Heparanase and basic fibroblast growth factor 
are co-expressed in malignant mesothelioma. Clin Exp Metastasis. 2004;21:469-476.
Devine, BJ. Case Number 25 Gentamicin Therapy: Clinical Pharmacology Case Studies. 
Drug Intelligence and Clinical Pharmacy. 1974; 8:650-655
DeYoung MP, Shenk C, Bleam M, Barnette M, Ganji G, Hoang B, Tunstead J, Bellovin 
D, Los G, Minthorn E, Kumar R. Preclinical efficacy of targeting FGF autocrince 
signaling in mesothelioma with the FGF ligand trap, FP-1039/GSK3052230.  AACR 
2014.
Dutt A,Ramos AH, Hammerman PS, et al. Inhibitor-sensitive FGFR1 amplification in 
human non-small cell lung cancer. PLoS ONE, 2011:6(6):e20351 
http://www.plosone.org/article/info%3Adoi%2F10.1371%2Fjournal.pone.0020351

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
FGF117360
97
Edge SB, Byrd DR, Compton CC, et al. (eds) AJCC Cancer Staging Manual, 7th Edition. 
New York, NY. Springer, 2010, pp 253-70.
Eisenhauer EA, Therasse P, Bogaerts J, et al. New response evaluation criteria in solid 
tumors: Revised RECIST guidelines (version 1.1). European Journal of Cancer. 2009; 45: 
228-247.
Ettinger DS, Akerley W, Borghaei H, et al., Malignant pleural mesothelioma. J Natl 
Compr Canc Netw. 2012; 10(1): 26-41.
Fischer H, Taylor N, Allerstorfer S, et al. Fibroblast growth factor receptor-mediated 
signals contribute to the malignant phenotype of non-small cell lung cancer cells: 
therapeutic implications and synergism with epidermal growth factor receptor inhibition. 
Mol Cancer Therapeutics 2008;7:3408–3419. [PubMed: 18852144]
GlaxoSmithKline Document Number 2013N160379_00 Version 01. GSK3052230 
Investigator's Brochure. Report Date: APR-2013.
Goudar RK. Review of pemetrexed in combination with cisplatin for the treatment of 
malignant pleural mesothelioma. Ther Clin Risk Manag. 2008; 4(1): 205-11.
Gralla RJ, Hollen P, Liepa A, et al. Improving quality of life in patients with malignant 
pleural mesothelioma:  Results of the randomized pemetrexed + cisplatin vs cisplatin trial 
using the LCSS-meso instrument. Proc Am Soc Clin Oncol 2003; 22:622a (abstr 2496).
Hanna N, Shepherd FA, Fossella FV, et al. Randomized Phase III trial of pemetrexed 
versus docetaxel in patients with non-small cell lung cancer previously treated with 
chemotherapy. J Clin Oncol 2004;22(9):1589-1597.
Harding T, Palencia S, Long L et al. Preclinical efficacy of FP-1039 (FGFR1:Fc) in 
endometrial carcinoma models with activating mutations in FGFR2. Proceedings of the 
101st meeting of the American Association for Cancer Research, 2010, April 17-21; 
Washington DC, Philadelphia (PA):AACR, 2010:Abstract nr 2597. 
Harding TC, Long L, Palencia S, et al. Blockade of non-hormonal fibroblast growth 
factors by FP-1039 inhibits growth of multiple types of cancer. Science Translational 
Medicine, 2013;5(178):1-9.
Haskell H, Natarajan M, Hecker TP, et al., Focal adhesion kinase is expressed in the 
angiogenic blood vessels of malignant astrocytic tumors in vivo and promotes capillary 
tube formation of brain microvascular endothelial cells. Clin Cancer Res. 2003; (6): 
2157-65.
Heist RS, Lecia LV, Engelman JA. Genetic Changes in Squamous Cell Lung Cancer: A 
Review. Journal of Thoracic Oncology. 2012, 7(5): 924-933.
Hollen PJ, Gralla RJ, Kris MG, et al., Measurement of quality of life in patients with lung 
cancer in multicenter trials of new therapies. Psychometric assessment of the Lung 
Cancer Symptom Scale. Cancer. 1994; 73(8): 2087-98.

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
FGF117360
98
Hollen PJ, Gralla RJ, Liepa AM, et al., Adapting the Lung Cancer Symptom Scale 
(LCSS) to mesothelioma: using the LCSS-Meso conceptual model for validation. Cancer
2004; 101(3): 587-95.
Hollen PJ, Gralla RJ, Liepa AM, et al., Measuring quality of life in patients with pleural 
mesothelioma using a modified version of the Lung Cancer Symptom Scale (LCSS): 
psychometric properties of the LCSS-Meso. Support Care Cancer. 2006; 14(1): 11-21.
Itoh N. The Fgf families in humans, mice, and zebrafish: their evolutional processes and 
roles in development, metabolism, and disease. Biol Pharm Bull. 2007;30:1819–25.
Jassem J, Ramlau R, Santoro A, et al., Phase III trial of pemetrexed plus best supportive 
care compared with best supportive care in previously treated patients with advanced 
malignant pleural mesothelioma. J Clin Oncol. 2008; 26(10): 1698-704.
Kao SC, van Zandwijk N, Corte P, et al., Use of cancer therapy at the end of life in 
patients with malignant pleural mesothelioma. Support Care Cancer. 2013; 21: 697-705.
Kim HR, Kim JD, Kang DR, et al. Fibroblast Growth Factor Receptor 1 gene 
amplification is associated with poor survival and cigarette smoking dosage in patients 
with resected squamous cell lung cancer. J Clin Oncol. 2013;31(6):731-7.
Kono SA,Marshall ME, Ware KE, et al. The fibroblast growth factor receptor signaling 
pathway as a mediator of intrinsic resistance to EGFR-specific tyrosine kinase inhibitors 
in non-small cell lung cancer. Drug Resist Update. 2009; 12(4-5): 95–102. 
doi:10.1016/j.drup.2009.05.001.
Krug L, Kindler H, Calvert H, et al.  VANTAGE 014: Vorinostat in patients with 
advanced malignant pleural mesothelioma who have failed prior pemetrexed and either 
cisplatinor carboplatin therapy: a phase III, randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled 
trial. Eur J Cancer. 2011; 47(suppl 2): 2-3.
Kumar-Singh S, Weyler J, Martin MJ et al. Angiogenic cytokines in mesothelioma: a 
study of VEGF, FGF-1 and -2, and TGF β expression. J Pathol. 1999;189:72-78.
Lamont FR, Tomlinson DC, Cooper PA, et al., Small molecule FGF receptor inhibitors 
block FGFR-dependent urothelial carcinoma growth in vitro and in vivo. Br J Cancer. 
2011: 104(1): 75-82.
Lee JJ, Liu DD. A predictive probability design for phase II cancer clinical trials. Clinical 
Trials. 2008; 5(2):93-106.
Li Q, Wang W, Yamada T, et al. Pleural Mesothelioma Instigates Tumor-Associated 
Fibroblasts To Promote Progression via a Malignant Cytokine Network. Am J Pathol.
2011;179:1483-1493.
Luo M, Guan JL. Focal adhesion kinase: a prominent determinant in breast cancer 
initiation, progression and metastasis. Cancer Lett. 2010; 289(2): 127-39.

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
FGF117360
99
Lutz ST, Huang DT, Ferguson CL, et al., A retrospective quality of life analysis using the 
Lung Cancer Symptom Scale in patients treated with palliative radiotherapy for advanced 
nonsmall cell lung cancer. Int J Radiat Oncol Biol Phys. 1997; 37(1): 117-22.
Manegold C, Symanowski J, Gatzemeier U, et al., Second-line (post-study) 
chemotherapy received by patients treated in the phase III trial of pemetrexed plus 
cisplatin versus cisplatin alone in malignant pleural mesothelioma. Ann Oncol. 2005; 
16(6): 923-7.
Marek L, Ware KE, Fritzsche A et al. Fibroblast growth factor (FGF) and FGF receptor-
mediated autocrine signaling in non-small-cell lung cancer cells. Mol Pharmacol.
2009;75:196-207.
Miller VA, Rigas JR, Francis PA, et al., Phase II trial of a 75-mg/m2 dose of docetaxel 
with prednisone premedication for patients with advanced non-small cell lung cancer. 
Cancer. 1995; 75(4): 968-72.
National Comprehensive Cancer Network NCCN Guidelines for Treatment of Cancer by 
Site, 2012; Clinical Practice Guidelines in Oncology: Myeloid Growth Factors, 2010.
http://www.nccn.org/professionals/physician_gls/f_guidelines.asp.
NCI Common Terminology Criteria for Adverse Events, Version 4.03, DCTD, NCI, 
NIH, DHHS, 14 June2010.
Nguyen M, Watanabe H, Budson AE, et al. Elevated levels on an angiogenic peptide, 
basic fibroblast growth factor, in the urine of patients with a wide spectrum of cancers. J 
Natl Cancer Inst. 1994; 86: 356–61.
NKF: NKF KDOQI Guidelines [Internet]. National Kidney Foundation. KDOQI Clinical 
Practice Guidelines for Chronic Kidney Disease: Evaluation, Classification, and 
Stratification. Published 2002. Available from 
http://www.kidney.org/professionals/KDOQI/guidelines_ckd/p5_lab_g5.htm
O’Connor JP, Jackson A, Asselin MC, et al. Quantitative imaging biomarkers in the 
clinical development of targeted therapeutics: current and future perspectives. Lancet 
Oncology. 2008; 9(8): 766-776.
Oken MM, Creech RH, Tormey DC, et al.,: Toxicity and response criteria of the Eastern 
Cooperative Oncology Group. Am J Clin Oncol. 1982; 5: 649-655.
Paraplatin (carboplatin) Product Information. July 2010.
Platinol (cisplatin) Product Information. September 2010.
Sharpe R, Pearson A, Herrera-Abreu MT et al. FGFR signaling promotes the growth of 
triple-negative and basal-like breast cancer cell lines both in vitro and in vivo. Clin 
Cancer Res. 2011;17:5275-5286.

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
FGF117360
100
Socinski MA, Bondarenko I, Karaseva NA, et al. Weekly nab-paclitaxel in combination
with carboplatin versus solvent based paclitaxel plus carboplatin as first-line therapy in 
patients with advanced non-small cell lung cancer: Final results of a Phase III trial. J Clin 
Oncol 2012;30:2055-2062.
Sodin LH, Gospodarowicz MK, Wittekind CH, International Union against Cancer. TNM 
classification of malignant tumors. Edited by Sodin LH, Gospodarowicz MK, Wittekind 
CH. Classification of malignant tumors. 7th edition, 2009.
Song S, Wientjes MG, Gan Y, et al. Fibroblast growth factors: An epigenetic mechanism 
of broad spectrum resistance to anticancer drugs. Proc Natl Acad Sci. 2000;97:8658–63.
Stebbing J, Powles T, McPherson K, et al., The efficacy and safety of weekly vinorelbine 
in relapsed malignant pleural mesothelioma. Lung Cancer. 2009; 63(1): 94-7.
Stein WD, Gulley JL, Schlorn J, et al. Tumor regression and growth rates determined in 
five intramural NCI prostate cancer trials: the growth rate constant as an indicator of 
therapeutic efficacy. Clin Cancer Res 2011;17:907-917.
Stein WD, Wilkerson J, Kim ST, et al. Analyzing the pivotal trial that compared sunitinib 
and INF-α in renal cell carcinoma, using a method that assesses tumor regression and 
growth. Clin Cancer Res. 2012;18:2374-2381.
Taxol (paclitaxel) Product Information. April 2011.
Taxotere (docetaxel) Product Information. May 2010.
The Criteria Committee of the New York Heart Association (NYHA). Nomenclature and 
Criteria for Diagnosis of Diseases of the Heart and Great Vessels. 9th Ed. Boston, Mass: 
Little, Brown & Co.; 1994:253-256.
Tsao AS, Garland L, Redman M, et al., A practical guide of the Southwest Oncology 
Group to measure malignant pleural mesothelioma tumors by RECIST and modified 
RECIST criteria. J Thorac Oncol. 2011; 6(3): 598-601.
Tsao AS, Wistuba I, Roth JA, et al., Malignant pleural mesothelioma. J Clin Oncol. 
2009; 27(12): 2081-90.
Tsujioka H, Yotsumoto F, Shirota et al., Emerging strategies for ErbB ligand-based 
targeted therapy for cancer. Anticancer Res. 2010; 30(8): 3107-12.
Turner N, Grose R.  Fibroblast growth factor signaling: from development to cancer.  
Nat. Rev.Cancer. 2010;10:116-129.
U.S. Food and Drug Administration, FDA Clears Genetic Test That Advances 
Personalized Medicine Test Helps Determine Safety of Drug Therapy 22 August 2005, 
http://www.fda.gov/bbs/topics/NEWS/2005/NEW01220.html

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
FGF117360
101
Vogelzang NJ, Rusthoven JJ, Symanowski J, et al., Phase III study of pemetrexed in 
combination with cisplatin versus cisplatin alone in patients with malignant pleural 
mesothelioma. J Clin Oncol. 2003; 21(14): 2636-44.
Wang Y, Sung C, Dartois C, et al. Elucidation of relationship between tumor size and 
survival in non-small-cell lung cancer patients can aid early decision making in clinical 
development. Clin Pharmacol Therap 2009; 86: 167-174.
Weiss J, Sos ML, Seidel D, et al., Frequent and focal FGFR1 amplification associates 
with therapeutically tractable FGFR1 dependency in squamous cell lung cancer. Sci 
Transl Med. 2010; 2(62) 62ra93. http://stm.sciencemag.org/content/2/62/62ra93.full.pdf
Xin G, Wang M, Jian L, et al., Protein-to-creatinine ratio in spot urine samples as a 
predictor of quantitation of proteinuria. Clinica Chimica Acta. 2004; 350: 35-39.

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
FGF117360
102
15.
APPENDICES
15.1.
Appendix 1: Pharmacogenetics (PGx)
PGx Research
PGx – Background
Pharmacogenetics (PGx) is the study of variability in drug response due to hereditary 
factors in different populations. There is increasing evidence that an individual's genetic 
composition (i.e., genotype) may impact the pharmacokinetics (PK) (absorption, 
distribution, metabolism, and elimination), pharmacodynamics (PD) (relationship 
between concentrations and pharmacologic effects or the time course of pharmacologic 
effects) and/or clinical outcome (in terms of efficacy and/or safety and tolerability). Some 
reported examples of PGx associations with safety/adverse events include:
Drug
Disease
Gene
Outcome
Abacavir
HIV
[Hetherington, 2002; 
Mallal, 2002]
Human 
Leukocyte 
Antigen B (HLA-
B*5701)
Individuals with HLA-B*5701 variant may be at 
increased risk for experiencing hypersensitivity to 
abacavir. Clinical assays are available for HLA-B*5701 
but none has been validated. HLA-B*5701 screening 
would supplement but never replace abacavir clinical 
risk management strategies aimed at minimizing rare 
but serious outcomes associated with abacavir 
hypersensitivity
Carbamazepine
Seizure, Bipolar 
disorders & 
Analgesia 
Chung, 2010; 
Ferrell, 2008.
HLA-B*1502
Independent studies indicated that patients of East 
Asian ancestry who carry HLA-B*1502 are at higher risk 
of Stevens-Johnson Syndrome and toxic epidermal 
necrolysis. Regulators, including the US FDA and the 
Taiwanese TFDA, have updated the carbamazepine 
drug label to indicate that patients with ancestry in 
genetically at risk populations should be screened for 
the presence of HLA-B*1502 prior to initiating treatment 
with carbamazepine.
Warfarin
Cardiovascular
[Neergard, 2006;
Wilke, 2005]
CYP2C9
SAEs experienced by some subjects on warfarin may 
be explained by variations in the CYP2C9 gene that 
influences the degree of anticoagulation achieved.
Irinotecan
Cancer
FDA News Release, 
2005
UGT1A1
Variations in the UGT1A1 gene can influence a 
patient’s ability to break down irinotecan, which can 
lead to increased blood levels of the drug and a higher 
risk of side effects. A dose of irinotecan that is safe for 
one patient with a particular UGT1A1 gene variation 
might be too high for another subject without this 
variation, raising the risk of certain side effectsA genetic 
blood test (Invader UGT1A1molecular assay) is 
available that can detect variations in the gene.
A key component to successful PGx research is the collection of samples during the 
conduct of clinical studies.

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
FGF117360
103
Collection of whole blood, may enable PGx analysis to be conducted if at any time it 
appears that there is a potential unexpected or unexplained variation in handling or 
response to GSK3052230.
PGx Research Objectives
The objective of the PGx research (if there is a potential unexpected or unexplained 
variation) is to investigate a possible genetic relationship to handling or response to 
GSK3052230. If at any time it appears there is potential variability in response in this 
clinical study or in a series of clinical studies with GSK3052230 that may be attributable 
to genetic variations of subjects, the following objectives may be investigated:

Relationship between genetic variants and the PK and/or PD of study treatment

Relationship between genetic variants and safety and/or tolerability of study 
treatment

Relationship between genetic variants and efficacy of study treatment.
Study Population
Any subject who has given informed consent to participate in the clinical study, has met 
all the entry criteria for the clinical study, and receives study treatment may take part in 
the PGx research. Any subject who has received an allogeneic bone marrow transplant 
must be excluded from the PGx research.
Subject participation in the PGx research is voluntary and refusal to participate will not 
indicate withdrawal from the clinical study. Refusal to participate will involve no penalty 
or loss of benefits to which the subject would otherwise be entitled.
Study Assessments and Procedures
In addition to any blood samples taken for the clinical study, a whole blood sample 
(~6 mL) will be collected for the PGx research using a tube containing EDTA. It is 
recommended that the blood sample be taken at the first opportunity after a subject has 
been randomized and provided informed consent for PGx research, but may be taken at 
any time while the subject is participating in the clinical study.
The PGx sample is labeled (or “coded”) with a study specific number that can be traced 
or linked back to the subject only by the investigator or site staff. Coded samples do not 
carry personal identifiers (such as name or social security number). The blood sample is 
taken on a single occasion unless a duplicate sample is required due to inability to utilize 
the original sample. 
The DNA extracted from the blood sample may be subjected to sample quality control 
analysis. This analysis will involve the genotyping of several genetic markers to confirm 
the integrity of individual samples. If inconsistencies are noted in the analysis, then those 
samples may be destroyed. 

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
FGF117360
104
The need to conduct PGx analysis may be identified after a study (or set of studies) of 
GSK3052230 has been completed and the study data reviewed. In some cases, the 
samples may not be studied. e.g., no questions are raised about how people respond to 
GSK3052230. 
Samples will be stored securely and may be kept for up to 15 years after the last subject 
completes the study or GSK may destroy the samples sooner. GSK or those working with 
GSK (for example, other researchers) will use samples collected from the study for the 
purpose stated in this protocol and in the informed consent form. 
Subjects can request their sample to be destroyed at any time.
Subject Withdrawal from Study
If a subject who has consented to participate in PGx research and has a sample taken for 
PGx research withdraws from the clinical study for any reason other than lost to follow-
up, the subject will be given the following options:

The sample is retained for PGx research.

Any PGx sample is destroyed.
If a subject withdraws consent from the PGx research or requests sample destruction for 
any reason, the investigator must complete the appropriate documentation to request 
sample destruction within the timeframe specified by GSK and maintain the 
documentation in the site study records. In either case, GSK will only keep study 
information collected/generated up to that point.
Screen and Baseline Failures
If a blood sample for PGx research has been collected and it is determined that the 
subject does not meet the entry criteria for participation in the clinical study, then the 
investigator must complete the appropriate documentation to request sample destruction 
within the timeframe specified by GSK and maintain the documentation in the site study 
records.
PGx Analyses
The aim of pharmacogenetic analyses will be to investigate the relationship between 
genetic variations in germline DNA and response to study treatment. The specific type of 
genetic investigation to be applied will be dependent on the most scientifically feasible 
approach available to address understanding of the response to the study treatment.
Generally, two approaches may be utilized to explore the association of genetic variation.
1.
Candidate gene analysis where variations in specific genes may be studied that 
encode the drug target, or drug mechanism of action pathways, drug metabolizing 
enzymes, drug transporters or which may underpin adverse events, disease risk or 
drug response.

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
FGF117360
105
These candidate genes that may be investigated in this study include the following: the 
GSK Absorption, Distribution, Metabolism and Excretion genes. These play a central 
role in drug PK and PD.  In addition, continuing research may identify other enzymes, 
transporters, proteins, or receptors that may be involved in response to GSK3052230. The 
genes that may code for these proteins may also be studied.
2.
Genome-wide scans involving a large number of polymorphic markers (e.g., single 
nucleotide polymorphisms) located throughout the genome. This approach is often 
employed when potential genetic effects are not well understood.
The results of PGx investigations will be reported either as part of the main clinical study 
report or as a separate report. All endpoints of interest from all comparisons will be 
descriptively and/or graphically summarized as appropriate to the data. In all cases, 
appropriate statistical methods will be used to analyze the genetic markers in the context 
of other clinical data. Statistical methods may include, but are not limited to Hardy-
Weinberg Equilibrium testing, Comparison of Demographic and Baseline Characteristics 
by Genotype, Evaluation of Genotypic Effects, Evaluation of Treatment by Genotype and 
Gene-Gene Interaction, Linkage Disequilibrium, Multiple Comparison and Multiplicity 
and/or Power and Sample Size Considerations A detailed description of the analyses to 
be performed will be documented in the pharmacogenetics RAP.
Informed Consent
Subjects who do not wish to participate in the PGx research may still participate in the 
clinical study. PGx informed consent must be obtained prior to any blood being taken for 
PGx research.
Provision of Study Results and Confidentiality of Subject’s PGx Data
GSK may summarize the cumulative PGx research results in the clinical study report,.
In general, GSK does not inform the investigator, subject or anyone else (e.g., family 
members, study investigators, primary care physicians, insurers, or employers) of the 
PGx research results unless required by law. The information generated from PGx 
research is preliminary in nature, and the significance and scientific validity of the results 
are undetermined at such an early stage of research. 

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
FGF117360
106
References
Chung WH, Hung SL, Chen YT. Genetic predisposition of life-threatening antiepileptic-
induced skin reactions. Expert Opin. Drug Saf. 2010; 9: 15-21.
Ferrell PB, McLeod HL. Carbamazepine, HLA-B*1502 and risk of Stevens-Johnson 
syndrome and toxic epidermal necrolysis: US FDA recommendations. 
Pharmacogenomics. 2008; 9: 1543-46.
Hetherington S, Hughes AR, Mosteller M, Shortino D, Baker KL, Spreen W, Lai E, 
Davies K, Handley A, Dow DJ, Fling ME, Stocum M, Bowman C, Thurmond LM, Roses 
AD. Genetic variations in HLA-B region and hypersensitivity reactions to abacavir. 
Lancet. 2002; 359:1121-2.
Mallal S, Nolan D, Witt C, Masel G, Martin AM, Moore C, Sayer D, Castley A, Mamotte 
C, Maxwell D, James I. Association between presence of HLA-B*5701, HLA-DR7, and 
HLA-DQ3 and hypersensitivity to HIV-1 reverse-transcriptase inhibitor abacavir. Lancet. 
2002; 359:727-32.
Neergard. Reducing the risk of blood thinners. Associated press, September 2006. 
U.S. Food and Drug Administration, FDA Clears Genetic Test That Advances 
Personalized Medicine Test Helps Determine Safety of Drug Therapy 22 August 2005, 
http://www.fda.gov/bbs/topics/NEWS/2005/NEW01220.html
Wilke RA, Musana AK, Weber WW. Cytochrome P450 gene-based drug prescribing, 
and factors impacting translation into routine clinical practice. Personalized Med 2005; 2: 
213–224.

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
FGF117360
107
15.2.
Appendix 2: NYHA Functional Classification System
The New York Heart Association (NYHA) Functional Classification: Class I, II, III 
or IV Heart Failure [NYHA, 1994] provides a simple way of classifying the extent of 
heart failure. It places subjects in one of 4 categories based on the level of limitation 
experienced during physical activity:
Class
Symptoms
Class I
(Mild)
No limitation of physical activity. Ordinary physical activity does 
not cause undue fatigue, palpitation or dyspnea (shortness of 
breath).
Class II
(Mild)
Slight limitation of physical activity. Comfortable at rest, but 
ordinary physical activity results in fatigue, palpitation or dyspnea.
Class III
(Moderate)
Marked limitation of physical activity. Comfortable at rest, but less 
than ordinary physical activity results in fatigue, palpitation or 
dyspnea.
Class IV
(Severe)
Unable to carry out any physical activity without discomfort. 
Symptoms of cardiac insufficiency at rest. If any physical activity is 
undertaken, discomfort is increased.

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
FGF117360
108
15.3.
Appendix 3: COCKCROFT-GAULT FORMULA
ClCr (mL/min) = 
Q x (140 - age[yr]) x ideal body weight [kg]*
72 x serum creatinine [mg/dL]
Q = 0.85 for females
Q = 1.0 for males
OR
ClCr (mL/min) = 
K x (140 - age[yr]) x ideal body weight [kg]*
Serum creatinine [umol/L]
K = 1.0 for females 
K = 1.23 for males
*Calculation of Ideal Body Weight Using the Devine Formula [Devine, 1974]
Ideal body weight:
Males = 
50.0 kg + (2.3 kg x each inch over 5 feet) or 50.0 kg + (0.906 kg x each cm over 
152.4 cm)
Females = 
45.5 kg + (2.3 kg x each inch over 5 feet) or 45.5 kg + (0.906 kg x each cm over 
152.4 cm)
Example:
Male, actual body weight = 90.0 kg, height = 68 inches
Ideal body weight = 50.0 + (2.3) (68-60) = 68.4 kg.

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
FGF117360
109
15.4.
Appendix 4: ECOG Performance Status1
CCI - This section contained Clinical Outcome Assessment data collection questionnaires or indices, which are 
protected by third party copyright laws and therefore have been excluded.

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
FGF117360
110
15.5.
Appendix 5: Liver Chemistry Monitoring, Interruption 
Stopping and Follow-up Criteria

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
FGF117360
111
15.6.
Appendix 6: Urine Protein Creatinine (UPC) Ratio
Clinical meaning of UPC
There is a good correlation between the ratio of protein concentration to creatinine 
concentration in a random urine sample and the amount of protein excreted over 
24 hours. Creatinine excretion is fairly constant throughout the day regardless of changes 
in urine flow rate.
Normal protein excretion is <150 mg/24 hours and is similar for men and women.
Men excrete 20 mg to 25 mg of creatinine/kg of body weight/day.
Women excrete 15 mg to 20 mg of creatinine/kg of body weight/day.
Calculating UPC
UPC ratio = Urine protein (mg/dL) / Urine creatinine (mg/dL). 
UPC ratio ≈equivalent to grams of protein excreted in urine over 24 hrs. 
Example: Patient has a urine protein = 90 mg/dL and urine creatinine = 30 mg/dL. 
UPC ratio= (90 mg/dL) / (30 mg/dL) = 3 
The calculated UPC ratio is 3, which correlates to roughly 3 g protein excretion in a 
24-hour period.
Units for UPC ratio
Note: To calculate UPC, protein and creatinine concentrations must be expressed in the 
same units (mg/dL, g/L, or μmol/L). If, for example, protein concentration is expressed in 
mg/dL and creatinine concentration is expressed in µmol/L, conversion of one of the 
concentration values is required. Conversion factors are: 
From 
To 
Conversion Factor 
Conventional Units: mg/dL
SI Units: µmol/L
Multiply by 88.4
SI Units: µmol/L
Conventional Units: mg/dL
Divide 88.4 
[Xin, 2004] [NKF Guidelines, 2002]

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
FGF117360
112
15.7.
Appendix 7: Country Specific Requirements
France or UK:
French or UK Specific QTc Stopping Criteria:
In line with local requirements, French subjects that meet the criteria QTc1 below will 
have GSK3502230 withheld:
QTcB > 500 msec
In line with local requirements, UK subjects that meet the criteria QTc1 below will have 
study treatment withheld:
QTc > 500 msec
1Based on average corrected QT (QTc) interval value of triplicate electrocardiograms 
(ECGs) to include manual over-read. For example, if an ECG demonstrates a prolonged 
QT interval, obtain 2 more ECGs over a brief period, and then use the averaged QTc 
values of the 3 ECGs to determine whether the subjects should have GSK3502230 
withheld.
QT interval (corrected for HR) ≥500 msec; GSK3502230 will be permanently 
discontinued.
QTc interval increase from baseline ≥ 60 msec and maximum QTc  < 500 msec; 
GSK3502230 may be restarted at a reduced dose level after discussion with the medical 
monitor once the QTc returns to baseline.  If QTc prolongation meeting stopping criteria 
recurs after re-challenge, GSK3502230 must be permanently discontinued.
If the QTc prolongation resolves to Grade 1 or baseline, the subject may be re-started on 
GSK3502230 if the investigator and GSK Medical Monitor agree that the subject will 
benefit from further treatment.
No other known country specific requirements are currently required.

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
FGF117360
113
15.8.
Appendix 8: Protocol Amendment Changes
Amendment 5
Where the Amendment Applies
This amendment applies to all sites.
Summary of Amendment Changes with Rationale
Amendment 5 updates the GSK medical physician contacts for safety questions.  The 
synopsis is being clarified to be consistent with the changes in Amendment 4 
regarding histologically or cytologically confirmed diagnosis being Stage IIIB or IV 
for subjects in Arm A or B.  Additionl wording as been provided regarding cisplatin
dosing and hydration practices to clarify this should be per local standards.  The 
FGF117360 study team has been providing updates and information on infusion 
reactions during the program.  The team has been monitoring GSK3052230 related 
dosing events and have added guidance for pre-medication per local standards if an 
infusion reaction is observed.  The GSK3052230 infusion time should be extended 
from 30 minutes to 60 minutes if initial reaction is observed or up to 90 minutes if a 
second reaction is observed.  This guidance in dosing was based on joint discussions 
between investigators and GSK team to determine most appropriate path forward for 
these subjects.  The Time and Event schedule has been modified to allow more 
flexible screening timing for subjects in Arm A who desire to start chemotherapy 
prior to GSK3052230 initial dose.   The Time and Event schedule for 
pharmacokinetics has been modified to include cisplatin sampling for subjects in 
Arm C.  Finally, in the United Kindgom at selected sites total calcium would be 
utilized instead of monitoring for both total calcium and ionized calcium.  At this 
point in time, there has been no safety signals observed in any arms regarding 
calcium assessments.
List of Specific Changes
CHANGE 1: Medical monitor contact information
PREVIOUS TEXT:
Role
Name
Day Time 
Phone 
Number
After-hours 
Phone/Cell/
Pager 
Number
Fax 
Number
GSK Address
Medical 
Monitor
MD
GlaxoSmithKline
1250 South Collegeville Road
PO Box 5089
Collegeville, PA 19426
Email:
PPD
PPD
PPD
PPD
PPD

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
FGF117360
114
Medical 
Monitor
MD
GlaxoSmithKline
1250 South Collegeville Road
PO Box 5089
Collegeville, PA 19426
Email:
Additional medical monitor or sponsor contacts may be provided in a letter to investigator during the course 
of the study conduct without involving a protocol amendment.  
NEW TEXT:
(new text bold and underlined, deleted text in strikethrough)
Role
Name
Day Time 
Phone 
Number
After-hours 
Phone/Cell/
Pager 
Number
Fax 
Number
GSK Address
Medical 
Monitor
MD
GlaxoSmithKline
1250 South Collegeville Road
PO Box 5089
Collegeville, PA 19426
Email:
Medical 
Monitor
MD, PhD
GlaxoSmithKline
1250 South Collegeville Road
PO Box 5089
Collegeville, PA 19426-0989, 
United States
Email: 
Secondary 
Medical 
Monitor
MD
GlaxoSmithKline
1250 S. Collegeville Road, 
Collegeville, PA 19426-0989, 
United States
Email:  
Additional medical monitor or sponsor contacts may be provided in a letter to investigator during the course 
of the study conduct without involving a protocol amendment.  
CHANGE 2: Clarifications to be consistent with previous amendments
PREVIOUS TEXT, Synopsis:
Rationale for change: This was modified was made in Amendment 4 changes and body of 
protocol but not in synopsis.  This change is to ensure consistency within protocol.
1. Histologically or cytologically confirmed diagnosis:
Arms A and B: Stage IV or recurrent metastatic squamous NSCLC (TNM Staging 
for NSCLC, 7th Edition) with FGFR1 gene amplification by central laboratory 
testing.
PPD
PPD
PPD
PPD
PPD
PPD
PPD
PPD
PPD
PPD
PPD
PPD
PPD
PPD
PPD
PPD
PPD
PPD
PPD
PPD
PPD

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
FGF117360
115
NEW TEXT, Synopsis:
(new text bold and underlined, deleted text in strikethrough)
1. Histologically or cytologically confirmed diagnosis:
Arms A and B: Stage IIIB or IV or recurrent metastatic squamous NSCLC (TNM 
Staging for NSCLC, 7th Edition) with FGFR1 gene amplification by central 
laboratory testing.
Rationale for change: This was modified was made in Amendment 4 changes but not 
within the text.  This change is to ensure consistency within protocol.
NEW TEXT, Sectino 1.4.1.1. Preclinical data on GSK3052230
Added reference [DeYoung, 2014].
Which was updated in REFERENCES, Section 14
DeYoung MP, Shenk C, Bleam M, Barnette M, Ganji G, Hoang B, Tunstead J, 
Bellovin D, Los G, Minthorn E, Kumar R. Preclinical efficacy of targeting FGF 
autocrince signaling in mesothelioma with the FGF ligand trap, FP-
1039/GSK3052230.  AACR 2014.
PREVIOUS TEXT, Section 3.2.1, Inclusion criteria:
Availability of archival tumor tissue required for assessment of deregulated FGF pathway 
signaling eg, FGFR1 amplification or FGF2 expression.
NEW TEXT, Section 3.2.1, Inclusion criteria:
Availability of archival tumor tissue required for assessment of deregulated FGF pathway 
signaling eg, FGFR1 amplification or FGF2 or FGFR1 expression.
Change 3: Chemotherapy treatment per local standards
NEW TEXT, Section 4.1.
Subjects on pemetrexed/cisplatin may have their cisplatin stopped after 4 cycles per 
local clinical standards.
NEW TEXT, Section 4.5.4.

1-2 liters of fluid infused for 8-12 hours prior to cisplatin dose (or hydration per 
local standard)
CHANGE 4: Infusion Reactions and dosing timings
PREVIOUS TEXT, Exclusion criteria, Section 1.6, Summary of Risk Management: 
If infusion reactions are noted in subjects not already premedicated with glucocorticoids, 
antihistamines and H2 receptor antagonists, appropriate premedication against 

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
FGF117360
116
hypersensitivity reactions may be initiated prior to the next infusions at the discretion of 
the investigator according to the institution’s standard practice.  
NEW TEXT, Exclusion criteria, Section 1.6, Summary of Risk Management:
(new text bold and underlined, deleted text in strikethrough)
If infusion reactions are noted in subjects not already premedicated with glucocorticoids, 
antihistamines and H2 receptor antagonists, appropriate premedication against 
hypersensitivity reactions may be initiated prior to the next infusions at the discretion of 
the investigator according to the institution’s standard practice.  All subjects who have 
experienced an infusion reaction should have GSK3052230 infused over 60 minutes 
instead of 30 minutes and pre-treated with appropriate local pretreatment 
guidelines. If the subject continues to have a reaction on re-challenge, the infusion of 
GSK3052230 may be prolonged for 90 minutes”
NEW TEXT, Section 4.7.4 GSK3052230 Dose Modification
4.7.4.1
GSK3052230 Dose Modifications regarding infusion related 
reactions
Subjects should be closely monitored for GSK3052230 infusion-related reactions. 
All subjects who have experienced an infusion reaction due to GSK3052230 (and 
not chemotherapy) should have GSK3052230 infused over 60 minutes instead of 30 
minutes and pre-treated with appropriate local instituationl pre-treatment 
guidelines (example: medications such as steroids, antihistamines, acetaminophen, 
H-2 antagonists, and antiemetics, according to local pretreatment guidelines). If the 
subject continues to have a reaction on re-challenge the infusion of GSK3052230 
may be prolonged to 90 minutes. Epinephrine for subcutaneous injection, 
diphenhydramine for IV injection, and any other medications and resuscitation
equipment for the emergency management of anaphylactic reactions should be 
quickly available subject infusions.

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
FGF117360
117
CHANGE 5: Time and Events Screening Window for Arm A subjects
PREVIOUS TEXT, Section 7 Study Assessments and Procedures:
Table 10
Time and Events Schedule
Time and Events Schedule for FGF117360
Screen
Cycle 1
Cycle 2
Additional Cycles
Every 4 
Cycles, 
D1
EOT
30 
day 
F/U
D1
D8
D9
D15
D1
D8
D15
D1
D8
D15
Visit Window
Once the subject provides consent, a tumor sample may be submitted for Arms A and B for FGFR1 amplification at any time (there is no time limit or 
window).  All other screening assessments should be conducted within 30 days of C1D1. Visit windows of ±2 days during study through EOT, +7 days 
for F/U.
Ophthalmologic Exam
To be performed by ophthalmologist or qualified 
optometrist.
X
Perform assessment if subject discontinues prior to C4.
C4 only
ECHO
Perform at EOT if subject discontinues prior to 
C4. Visit windows of ±7 days during study.
X
C4 only
early 
disc
Forced Vital Capacity
Assess D1 of every odd cycle, Arm C only, Visit 
windows of ±7 days days during study.
X
X
Odd
X

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
FGF117360
118
REVISED TEXT, Section 7 Study Assessments and Procedures:
(new text bold and underlined, deleted text in strikethrough)
Table 10
Time and Events Schedule
Time and Events Schedule for FGF117360
Screen
Cycle 1
Cycle 2
Additional Cycles
Every 4 
Cycles, 
D1
EOT
30 
day 
F/U
D1
D8
D9
D15
D1
D8
D15
D1
D8
D15
Visit Window
Once the subject provides consent, a tumor sample may be submitted for Arms A and B for FGFR1 amplification at any time (there is no time limit or 
window).  All other screening assessments should be conducted within 30 days of C1D1. Visit windows of ±2 days during study through EOT, +7 days 
for F/U. For Arm A subjects who wish to start chemotherapy prior to GSK3052230 screening period is 30 days +3 to allow baseline imaging 
scans to be performed prior to chemotherapy but within 30+3days of GSK3052230 first dose.
Rationale for change: This was modified was made in Amendment 4 changes but not within the text.  This change is to ensure consistency 
within protocol regarding opthalmoligic exams.
Ophthalmologic Exam
To be performed by ophthalmologist or qualified 
optometrist. (Visit windows of ±7 days post 
baseline).
X
Perform assessment if subject discontinues prior to C4.
C4 
only
ECHO
Perform at EOT if subject discontinues prior to 
C4. Visit windows of ±7 days during study post 
baseline.
X
C4 
only
early 
disc
Forced Vital Capacity
Assess D1 of every odd cycle, Arm C only, Visit 
windows of ±7 days during study post baseline.
X
X
Odd
X

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
FGF117360
119
CHANGE 6: Time and Events PK Sampling for Cisplatin in Arm C subjects
PREVISION TEXT, Section 7: Table 11
Pharmacokinetic Sampling Schedule
FGF117360 Pharmacokinetic Sampling Schedule
Limited PK
Extensive PK
Extensive PK
Extensive PK
Time 
When
Window
Arm A
Arm B
Arm C
n=20pts in each arm 
n>=10pts
n>=10pts
n>=10pts
Cycle 2 Day 1
Prior to infusion of 
GSK3052230
Up to 12 hr prior to infusion of 
GSK3052230
GSK3052230 PK
GSK3052230 
PK
GSK3052230 
PK
GSK3052230 PK
End of infusion of 
GSK3052230
Up to 5 min prior to end of 
infusion of GSK3052230
GSK3052230 PK
GSK3052230 
PK
GSK3052230 
PK
GSK3052230 PK
1 hr after start of paclitaxel 
infusion or end of 
docetaxel or pemetrexed 
infusion
10 min for paclitaxel or up to 
5 min prior to end of docetaxel 
infusion or up to 1 min prior to 
end of pemetrexed infusion
GSK3052230 
PK
Paclitaxel PK
GSK3052230 
PK
Docetaxel PK
GSK3052230 PK
Pemetrexed PK
1 hr after end of 
pemetrexed infusion
20 min
Pemetrexed PK
End of paclitaxel infusion 
or 2 hr after end of 
docetaxel or pemetrexed 
infusion
up to 5 min prior to end of 
paclitaxel infusion or 20 min 
for docetaxel and pemetrexed 
Paclitaxel PK
Docetaxel PK
Pemetrexed PK
2 hr after end of paclitaxel 
infusion or 5 hr after end 
of docetaxel or 
pemetrexed infusion
30 min
(selected sites)
GSK3052230 
PK
Paclitaxel PK
(selected sites)
GSK3052230 
PK
Docetaxel PK
(selected sites)
GSK3052230 PK
Pemetrexed PK
REVISED TEXT, Section 7: Table 11
Pharmacokinetic Sampling Schedule
FGF117360 Pharmacokinetic Sampling Schedule
Limited PK
Extensive PK
Extensive PK
Extensive PK
Time 
When
Window
Arm A
Arm B
Arm C
n=20pts in each arm 
n>=10pts
n>=10pts
n>=10pts
Cycle 2 Day 1
Prior to infusion of 
GSK3052230
Up to 12 hr prior to infusion of 
GSK3052230
GSK3052230 PK
GSK3052230 
PK
GSK3052230 
PK
GSK3052230 PK
End of infusion of 
GSK3052230
Up to 5 min prior to end of 
infusion of GSK3052230
GSK3052230 PK
GSK3052230 
PK
GSK3052230 
PK
GSK3052230 PK

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
FGF117360
120
FGF117360 Pharmacokinetic Sampling Schedule
Limited PK
Extensive PK
Extensive PK
Extensive PK
Time 
When
Window
Arm A
Arm B
Arm C
1 hr after start of paclitaxel 
infusion or end of 
docetaxel or pemetrexed 
infusion
10 min for paclitaxel or up to 
5 min prior to end of docetaxel 
infusion or up to 1 min prior to 
end of pemetrexed infusion
GSK3052230 
PK
Paclitaxel PK
GSK3052230 
PK
Docetaxel PK
GSK3052230 PK
Pemetrexed PK
Cisplatin PK
1 hr after end of 
pemetrexed infusion
20 min
Pemetrexed PK
Cisplatin PK
End of paclitaxel infusion 
or 2 hr after end of 
docetaxel or pemetrexed 
infusion
up to 5 min prior to end of 
paclitaxel infusion or 20 min 
for docetaxel and pemetrexed 
Paclitaxel PK
Docetaxel PK
Pemetrexed PK
Cisplatin PK
2 hr after end of paclitaxel 
infusion or 5 hr after end 
of docetaxel or 
pemetrexed infusion
30 min
(selected sites)
GSK3052230 
PK
Paclitaxel PK
(selected sites)
GSK3052230 
PK
Docetaxel PK
(selected sites)
GSK3052230 PK
Pemetrexed PK
Cisplatin PK

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
FGF117360
121
CHANGE 7: Ionized Calcium monitoring for sites in United Kingdom
PREVIOUS TEXT, Section 7.3.8 Laboratory Assessments::
Table 12
List of Clinical Laboratory Tests
Hematology
Platelet Count
Automated WBC Differential:
Red blood cell (RBC) Count
Neutrophils (absolute)
White blood cell (WBC) Count 
(absolute) 
Lymphocytes (absolute)
Hemoglobin
Monocytes (absolute)
Eosinophils (absolute)
Basophils (absolute)
Clinical Chemistry
Potassium, Sodium, Chloride, Total carbon dioxide, total Calcium, ionized calcium, magnesium, phosphate, 
albumin, glucose (fasting),
REVISED TEXT, Section 7.3.8 Laboratory Assessments:
(new text bold and underlined, deleted text in strikethrough)
Table 12
List of Clinical Laboratory Tests
Hematology
Platelet Count
Automated WBC Differential:
Red blood cell (RBC) Count
Neutrophils (absolute)
White blood cell (WBC) Count 
(absolute) 
Lymphocytes (absolute)
Hemoglobin
Monocytes (absolute)
Eosinophils (absolute)
Basophils (absolute)
Clinical Chemistry
Potassium, Sodium, Chloride, Total carbon dioxide, total Calcium, ionized calcium*, magnesium, 
phosphate, albumin, glucose (fasting),
*Ionized calcium collected may not be collected in some selected sites and only total calcium is 
collected for subjects regarding safety monitoring.

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
FGF117360
122
Amendment 4
Where the Amendment Applies
This amendment applies to all sites.
Summary of Amendment Changes with Rationale
The protocol medical monitor contact information was updated and information will be 
provided during the study to prevent protocol amendments if there are staff changes.  In 
addition, based on investigator feedback, some sections of the protocol needed further 
clarification or broader assessment windows for subject assessments.  Therefore 
additional information on preclinical studies in mesothelioma was added in the 
background section, and clarifications were provided for modified RECIST, the time & 
event tables, concomitant medications and Cockcroft-gault formula description.
We have expanded the lines of treatment to address the changing parameters in the 
NSCLC development and treatments.  We have broadened the lines of therapy to allow 
for additional subjects to benefit from GSK3052230 in combination with chemotherapy.  
In addition, the mechanism of resistance for current FGF inhibitors may be different from 
GSK3052230 and therefore those who previously failed FGFR inhibitor treatment will be 
included.
The protocol was expanded to allow intra-subject dose escalation or de-escalation.  This 
allows subjects who receive benefit during the dose escalation to transition to the 
recommended expansion dose.  In addition, additional wording has been added to allow 
alternative dosing and schedules to be explored.  Example, if a MTD is not obtained the 
study could explore lower doses or MFD levels based on the totality of the data (eg, 
safety, pharmacokinetics, pharmacodynamics, etc).  
List of Specific Changes
CHANGE 1: Medical monitor contact information
PREVIOUS TEXT:
Role
Name
Day Time 
Phone 
Number
After-hours 
Phone/Cell/
Pager 
Number
Fax 
Number
GSK Address
Primary 
Medical 
Monitor
 
MD
GlaxoSmithKline
1250 South Collegeville Road
PO Box 5089
Collegeville, PA 19426
Email: 
PPD
PPD
PPD
PPD
PPD
PPD
PPD
PPD
PPD

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
FGF117360
123
Role
Name
Day Time 
Phone 
Number
After-hours 
Phone/Cell/
Pager 
Number
Fax 
Number
GSK Address
Secondary 
Medical 
Monitor
 
 
MD
GlaxoSmithKline
Five Moore Drive,
Mailstop 17.2225.2B
Research Triangle Park, NC 
27709
Email: 
NEW TEXT:
(new text bold and underlined, deleted text in strikethrough)
Role
Name
Day Time 
Phone 
Number
After-hours 
Phone/Cell/
Pager 
Number
Fax 
Number
GSK Address
Primary 
Medical 
Monitor
 
MD
GlaxoSmithKline
1250 South Collegeville Road
PO Box 5089
Collegeville, PA 19426
Email: 
Secondary 
Medical 
Monitor
 
 
MD
GlaxoSmithKline
Five Moore Drive,
Mailstop 17.2225.2B
Research Triangle Park, NC 
27709
Email: 
Medical 
Monitor
 
MD
GlaxoSmithKline
1250 South Collegeville Road
PO Box 5089
Collegeville, PA 19426
Email:
Medical 
Monitor
MD
GlaxoSmithKline
1250 South Collegeville Road
PO Box 5089
Collegeville, PA 19426
Email:
Additional medical monitor or sponsor contacts may be provided in a letter to investigator during 
the course of the study conduct without involving a protocol amendment.  
PP
DPPD
PPD
PPD
PPD
PPD
PPD
PPD
PPD
PPD
PPD
PPD
PPD
PPD
PPD
PPD
PPD
PPD
PP
DPPD
PPD
PPD
PPD
PPD
PPD
PPD
PPD
PPD
PPD
PPD
PPD
PPD
PPD
PPD
PPD
PPD
PPD
PPD
PPD
PPD
PPD
PPD
PPD
PPD

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
FGF117360
124
CHANGE 2: Abbreviations 
(new text bold and underlined, deleted text in strikethrough)
NEW TEXT:
TGI
tumor growth inhibition 
CHANGE 3: Study Design 
(new text bold and underlined, deleted text in strikethrough)
PREVIOUS TEXT:
Study Design: This will be a multi-arm, multicenter, non-randomized, parallel-
group, uncontrolled, open-label Phase IB study designed to evaluate the safety, 
tolerability and preliminary activity of GSK3052230 in combination with 
paclitaxel + carboplatin in previously untreated metastatic squamous NSCLC 
(Arm A), in combination with docetaxel in metastatic squamous NSCLC that has 
progressed after 1 line of chemotherapy (Arm B), or in combination with 
pemetrexed + cisplatin in MPM previously untreated with chemotherapy or 
investigational agents (Arm C). 
REVISED TEXT:
Study Design: This will be a multi-arm, multicenter, non-randomized, parallel-
group, uncontrolled, open-label Phase IB study designed to evaluate the safety, 
tolerability and preliminary activity of GSK3052230 in combination with 
paclitaxel + carboplatin in previously untreated metastatic squamous NSCLC 
(Arm A), in combination with docetaxel in metastatic squamous NSCLC that has 
progressed after at least 1 line of chemotherapy (Arm B), or in combination with 
pemetrexed + cisplatin in MPM previously untreated with chemotherapy or 
investigational agents (Arm C). 
CHANGE 4: Exploratory Endpoints and Objectives 
(new text bold and underlined, deleted text in strikethrough)
Section Summary
PREVIOUS TEXT:
Objectives and Endpoints:
The primary objectives and endpoints are noted below. The full objectives and 
endpoints (primary, secondary and translational) are located in the main protocol 
in Section 2.

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
FGF117360
125
REVISED TEXT:
Objectives and Endpoints:
The primary objectives and endpoints are noted below. The full objectives and 
endpoints (primary, secondary and translational exploratory) are located in the 
main protocol in Section 2.
Section: 2.3 Exploratory
PREVIOUS TEXT:
Objectives
Exploratory
To develop and validate a Fluorescence 
in situ hybridization (FISH) -based 
assay to measure FGFR1 gene 
amplification status..
Endpoint
Exploratory
Identification and validation of 
alternative measures of FGF signaling 
pathway deregulation retrospectively 
(eg, FGF2 overexpression) as predictive 
biomarkers for subject selection and 
potential development of a companion 
diagnostic
REVISED TEXT:
Objectives
Exploratory
To develop and validate an assay to 
measure of  FGFR1 gene 
amplification status such as, but not 
limited to, a Fluorescence in situ
hybridization (FISH) -based assay to 
measure FGFR1 gene amplification 
status.
Endpoint
Exploratory
Identification and validation of 
alternative measures of FGF signaling 
pathway deregulation retrospectively
such as ligand or receptor 
overexpression for example but not 
limited to FGF2 or FGFR1 expression  
FGF2 overexpression as predictive 
biomarkers for subject selection and 
potential development of a companion 
diagnostic

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
FGF117360
126
CHANGE 5: Number of subjects
(new text bold and underlined, deleted text in strikethrough)
Section: Summary
NEW TEXT, Summary section:
Number of Subjects: Approximately 70 subjects (minimum of 38 and up to 120, 
alternative dosing cohorts could potentially add another ~6 to ~40 subjects).
NEW TEXT, Section 3.1:
Number of Subjects: Approximately 70 subjects (minimum of 38 and up to 120, 
alternative dosing cohorts could potentially add another ~6 to ~40 subjects).
CHANGE 6: Preclinical data on GSK3052230
(new text bold and underlined, deleted text in strikethrough)
PREVIOUS TEXT:
1.4.1.1 Preclinical data on GSK3052230
Seventy-eight tumor-derived xenograft models were treated with GSK3052230 
(FP1039) as a single agent.  Twenty-eight models were found to show significant 
tumor growth inhibition (TGI), including models of NSCLC, small cell lung 
cancer, mesothelioma, squamous cell carcinoma of the head and neck (SCCHN), 
endometrial, colon and breast cancer [Harding, 2010; Harding, 2013].  In lung 
cancer xenografts, GSK3052230-teated tumors harboring FGFR1 gene 
amplification displayed an average of 56% TGI compared to 22% TGI in non-
amplified FGFR1 xenografts (p=0.03)[ Harding, 2013]. FGF2 mRNA levels 
displayed the highest ratio (247.7-fold) of median gene expression between 
GSK3052230 responder and nonresponder xenograft models and was the only 
marker that correlated with response in the subset of non-amplified FGFR1 lung 
cancer xenografts where significant tumor growth inhibition was observed 
[Harding, 2013]. 
To further extend this observation, GSK3052230 was tested in models of 
mesothelioma, a tumor type shown to express high levels of FGF2 mRNA in cell 
lines and in primary tumor specimens [DeYoung, 2014]. GSK3052230 inhibited 
MAPK signaling as evidenced by decreased phospho-ERK levels in both NCI-
H226 and MSTO-211H cells. When both cell lines were grown as tumor 
xenografts in mice, GSK3052230 inhibited tumor growth in a dose-dependent 
manner (NCI-H226: 16 – 78% TGI; MSTO-211H: 20 – 50% TGI). Because FGFs 
also play a key role in angiogenesis, the effects of GSK3052230 on tumor vessel 

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
FGF117360
127
formation in NCI-H226 xenografts were explored [DeYoung, 2014]. Dose-
dependent and statistically-significant reductions in tumor vessel density were 
observed in GSK3052230-treated tumors compared to vehicle-treated tumors 
using MECA-32 endothelial cell IHC staining. Therefore, FGFR1 amplification 
or FGF2 overexpression served as predictive markers of response to 
GSK3052230.
REVISED TEXT:
1.4.1.1 Preclinical data on GSK3052230
Seventy-eight tumor-derived xenograft models were treated with GSK3052230 
(FP1039) as a single agent.  Twenty-eight models were found to show significant 
tumor growth inhibition (TGI), including models of NSCLC, small cell lung 
cancer, mesothelioma, squamous cell carcinoma of the head and neck (SCCHN), 
endometrial, colon and breast cancer [Harding, 2010; Harding, 2013].  In lung 
cancer xenografts, GSK3052230-teated tumors harboring FGFR1 gene 
amplification displayed an average of 56% tumor growth inhibition TGI 
compared to 22% tumor growth inhibition TGI in non-amplified FGFR1 
xenografts (p=0.03)[ Harding, 2013]. FGF2 mRNA levels displayed the highest 
ratio (247.7-fold) of median gene expression between GSK3052230 responder 
and nonresponder xenograft models and was the only marker that correlated with 
response in the subset of non-amplified FGFR1 lung cancer xenografts where 
significant tumor growth inhibition was observed [Harding, 2013]. 
To further extend this observation, GSK3052230 was tested in models of 
mesothelioma, a tumor type shown to express high levels of FGF2 mRNA in 
cell lines and in primary tumor specimens [DeYoung, 2014]. GSK3052230 
inhibited MAPK signaling as evidenced by decreased phospho-ERK levels in 
both NCI-H226 and MSTO-211H cells. When both cell lines were grown as 
tumor xenografts in mice, GSK3052230 inhibited tumor growth in a dose-
dependent manner (NCI-H226: 16 – 78% TGI; MSTO-211H: 20 – 50% 
TGI). Because FGFs also play a key role in angiogenesis, the effects of 
GSK3052230 on tumor vessel formation in NCI-H226 xenografts were 
explored [DeYoung, 2014]. Dose-dependent and statistically-significant 
reductions in tumor vessel density were observed in GSK3052230-treated 
tumors compared to vehicle-treated tumors using MECA-32 endothelial cell 
IHC staining. Therefore, FGFR1 amplification or FGF2 overexpression served 
as predictive markers of response to GSK3052230.
CHANGE 7: Subject selection criteria, Section 3.2
(new text bold and underlined, deleted text in strikethrough)
PREVIOUS TEXT:
Inclusion criteria 2:
Arm C: recurrent after local therapy or unresectable malignant pleaural 
mesothelioma (MPM) with measurable lesions.

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
FGF117360
128
Arm A: Subjects who have received no prior therapy for Stage IV or recurrent 
metastatic disease. Note, to avoid any undue delay of initiating systemic 
chemotherapy for these subjects with newly diagnosed metastatic disease, it is 
allowed to initiate the first cycle of chemotherapy while eligibility for the study is 
still being determined, as long as the first dose of GSK3052230 is given no later than 
Cycle 2 Day 1 of chemotherapy. In addition, subjects with Stage IV disease and 
recurrence after previous NSCLC that has been treated with surgery and adjuvant 
chemotherapy or a radio-chemotherapy regimen with curative intent are eligible, 
provided 6 months has passed since this treatment ended[TNM classification of 
malignant tumors, 7th edition, 2009; Edge, 2010].
Arm B: Subjects who have documented tumor progression (based on radiological 
imaging) or intolerability after receiving only one prior line of platinum containing 
combination chemotherapy for Stage IV or recurrent metastatic disease [TNM 
classification of malignant tumors, 7th edition, 2009; Edge, 2010]. Continued 
‘maintenance’ chemotherapy will be considered part of the first line regimen if the 
same agents are used. If new agents are used for maintenance treatment, this will be 
considered a second line of therapy. Note: first line treatment should not include 
docetaxel but may have included paclitaxel.
Inclusion criteria 3:
Availability of archival tumor tissue required for assessment of deregulated FGF 
pathway signalling, eg, FGFR1 amplification or FGF2 expression. If archival tissue 
is not available, a fresh biopsy is required. Please refer to Section 7.7.1.
In Arms A and B, subjects will be prospectively screened for FGFR1 gene 
amplification using a FISH assay (note, local testing is permitted for pre-screening 
of subjects prior to central testing). For inclusion in this study, based on the central 
laboratory testing, FGFR1 gene amplification must meet one of the following 
criteria: a ratio of FGFR1/CEN 8 of ≥2; or average number of FGFR1 signals per 
tumor nucleus of ≥6; or the percentage of tumor nuclei containing ≥5 FGFR1 signals 
is ≥50%. 
Inclusion criteria 3:
Measurable disease per RECIST version 1.1.
Inclusion criteria 8:
Eastern Cooperative Oncology Group (ECOG) Performance Status of 0-1 for Arm A 
subjects and 0-2 for Arms B and C. 
Inclusion criteria 10, Table 1:
Serum Creatinine
Or
Measured or Calculated Creatinine Clearance c
1.5 x ULN
Or
≥45 mL/min  
Cardiac
Left ventricular ejection fraction
≥LLN (according to local institutional norms) by ECHO

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
FGF117360
129
Exclusion criteria 1:
For Arms A, B, C: Treatment with any FGFR inhibitor.
Exclusion criteria 10:
Symptomatic leptomeningeal or brain metastases or spinal cord compression.
NOTE: Subjects previously treated for these conditions are eligible if they meet both
of the criteria below:
(1) have had stable CNS disease for at least 4 weeks after local therapy as assessed by 
imaging (contrast enhanced magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) or computed 
tomography (CT)),
REVISED TEXT:
Inclusion criteria 2:
Arm C: recurrent after local therapy or unresectable malignant pleural
mesothelioma (MPM) with measurable lesions.
Arm A: Subjects who have received no prior therapy for Stage IIIB or Stage IV or 
recurrent metastatic disease. Note, to avoid any undue delay of initiating systemic 
chemotherapy for these subjects with newly diagnosed metastatic disease, it is 
allowed to initiate the first cycle of chemotherapy while eligibility for the study is 
still being determined, as long as the first dose of GSK3052230 is given no later than 
Cycle 2 Day 1 of chemotherapy. In addition, subjects with Stage IIIB or Stage IV 
disease and recurrence after previous NSCLC that has been treated with surgery and 
adjuvant chemotherapy or a radio-chemotherapy regimen with curative intent are 
eligible, provided 6 months has passed since this treatment ended[TNM 
classification of malignant tumors, 7th edition, 2009; Edge, 2010].
Arm B: Subjects who have documented tumor progression (based on radiological 
imaging) or intolerability after receiving only one or at least one prior line of 
platinum containing combination chemotherapy forStage IIIB or Stage IV or 
recurrent metastatic disease [TNM classification of malignant tumors, 7th edition, 
2009; Edge, 2010]. Continued ‘maintenance’ chemotherapy will be considered part 
of the first line regimen if the same agents are used. If new agents are used for 
maintenance treatment, this will be considered a second line of therapy. Note: first 
line Prior treatment should not include docetaxel but may have included paclitaxel.
Inclusion criteria 3:
Availability of archival tumor tissue required for assessment of deregulated FGF 
pathway signalling, egbut  not limited to, FGFR1 amplification or FGF2 or FGFR1
expression. If archival tissue is not available, a fresh biopsy is required. Please refer 
to Section 7.7.1.
In Arms A and B, subjects will be prospectively screened for FGFR1 gene 
amplification using a FISH assay (note, local testing is permitted for pre-screening 
of subjects prior to central testing) for the dose expansion and the MTD/MFD 
cohorts only. For inclusion in this study, based on the central laboratory testing, 
FGFR1 gene amplification must meet one of the following criteria: a ratio of 

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
FGF117360
130
FGFR1/CEN 8 of ≥2; or average number of FGFR1 signals per tumor nucleus of ≥6; 
or the percentage of tumor nuclei containing  ≥5 FGFR1 signals is ≥50%. 
Inclusion criteria 4:
Measurable disease per RECIST version 1.1 (Arm A and B) and modified 
RECIST for Arm C.
Inclusion criteria 8:
Eastern Cooperative Oncology Group (ECOG) Performance Status of 0-1 for Arms 
A and C subjects and 0-2 for Arms Band C. 
Inclusion criteria 10, Table 1:
Serum Creatinine
Or
Measured or Calculated Creatinine Clearance c
1.5 x ULN
Or
≥45 mL/min (Arm A or B) ≥65 mL/min (Arm C)
Cardiac
Left ventricular ejection fraction
≥50% LLN (according to local institutional norms) by 
ECHO
Exclusion criteria 1:
For Arms A, B, and C: Treatment with any FGFR inhibitor.
Exclusion criteria 10:
Symptomatic leptomeningeal or brain metastases or spinal cord compression.
NOTE: Subjects previously treated for these conditions are eligible if they meet both
of the criteria below:
(1) have had stable CNS disease for at least 4 weeks after local therapy as assessed by 
imaging (contrast enhanced magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) or computed 
tomography (CT)) prior to Day 1,
CHANGE 8: Intra-subject dosing and alternative dosing and schedule cohorts
(new text underlined, deleted text in strikethrough)
NEW TEXT: 
4.2.6
Intra-Subject Dose Escalation or Dose De-escalation
Intra-subject dose escalations may be considered on a case-by-case basis, provided 
that thehigher dose level cohort from the 3+3 phase of the study has been cleared 
without a DLT, and after review of all safety data and approval by a GSK Medical 
Study Physician and discussion with the investigator.  The subject on a lower dose 
level may be increased up to the highest dose level tested.  In this case, the subject 
may begin dosing at the higher dose level as it will have already been demonstrated 
to be tolerable and monitoring will be performed as described in the protocol. For 
example, a subject who enrolled at a dose level below the MTD (or MFD) and may 
be eligible for dose increases if the investigator believes the subject could benefit. 

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
FGF117360
131
4.2.6.1 
Alternative Dosing and Schedule Cohorts
Additional doses and schedules may be explored based on emerging 
pharmacokinetic and safety data. Alterations may be made to the schedule of PK/PD 
sampling sbased on emerging PK  data.  
The sample size of the “alterative dosing and schedule cohorts” will be based on the 
3 + 3 design with potential to expand to up to 30 subjects in this regimen.  
The rationale for exploring this alterative dosing and/or schedule is to expand on the 
safety,  tolerability and preliminary efficacy.
4.5.1.1 Study treatments: Alternative Dosing and Schedule cohorts
Subjects in these expansion cohorts will be dosed based on the pharmacokinetic 
and emerging safety data from the ongoing study. This will be determined at 
FGF117360 Study Investigator meetings (example: dose escalation meeting) and 
the minutes and agreements would be provided to IRB/Ethics prior to dosing in 
this “Alternative Dosing and Schedule” Cohorts.
CHANGE 9: Subject selection criteria, Section 3.2
(new text bold and underlined, deleted text in strikethrough)
PREVIOUS TEXT:
4.7.1
Dose Delays
Chemotherapy be reduced or delayed for toxicity, or in the interest of 
administration in Arm A and Arm B may subject safety per investigator 
discretion.
4.7.4 GSK3052230 Dose Modifications
If the toxicity is potentially related to both GSK3052230 and chemotherapy as 
given inArm A or B, please refer to dose modification for chemotherapy in 
Section 4.7.2 and Section 4.7.3 for potential dose reduction of both study 
treatments.
REVISED TEXT:
4.7.1
Dose Delays
Chemotherapy administration in all arms Arm A and Arm B may be reduced or 
delayed for toxicity, or in the interest of subject safety per investigator discretion.
4.7.4 GSK3052230 Dose Modifications
If the toxicity is potentially related to both GSK3052230 and chemotherapy as 
given inArm A or B, all arms, please refer to dose modification for chemotherapy 

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
FGF117360
132
in Section 4.7.2 and Section 4.7.3 for potential dose reduction of both study 
treatments.
CHANGE 10: Section 7, Time and Events
(new text bold and underlined, deleted text in strikethrough)

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
FGF117360
133
PREVIOUS TEXT:
Table 10
Time and Events Schedule
Time and Events Schedule for FGF117360
Screen
Cycle 1
Cycle 2
Additional Cycles
Every 4 
Cycles, 
D1
EOT
30 
day 
F/U
D1
D8
D9
D15
D1
D8
D15
D1
D8
D15
Visit Window
Tissue prescreen for Arms A and B within 60 days and all other screening assessments within 30 days of C1D1. Visit windows of ±2 days during study 
through EOT, +7 days for F/U. Cycle 1 Day 9 assessments for Arm C only.
Physical exam, weight, 
and height (baseline only)
Not needed C1D1 if screening 
assessments within prior 72 hrs. Complete 
physical exam at screening. Abbreviated 
disease-oriented physical exam 
subsequently.
X
X
X
X
X
X
Ophthalmologic Exam
To be performed by ophthalmologist or 
qualified optometrist.
X
Perform assessment if subject discontinues prior to C4.
C4 only
ECHO
Perform at EOT if subject discontinues 
prior to C4. 
X
C4 only
early 
disc
Forced Vital Capacity
Assess D1 of every odd cycle, Arm C only
X
X
O
Archival Tumor Tissue 
Archived tumor tissue (or fresh biopsy if 
no archival tissue).
X
Brain Scan
X
every 12 weeks 1 week if positive at Screening, or as clinically indicated

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
FGF117360
134
REVISED TEXT:
Table 10
Time and Events Schedule
Time and Events Schedule for FGF117360
Screen
Cycle 1
Cycle 2
Additional Cycles
Every 4 
Cycles, 
D1
EOT
30 
day 
F/U
D1
D8
D9
D15
D1
D8
D15
D1
D8
D15
Visit Window
Tissue prescreen for Arms A and B within 60 days and all other screening assessments within 30 days of C1D1. 
Once the subject provides consent, a tumor sample may be submitted for Arms A and B for FGFR1 amplification at any time (there is no time 
limit or window).  All other screening assessments should be conducted within 30 days of C1D1. Visit windows of ±2 days during study through 
EOT, +7 days for F/U.
Physical exam, weight,
and height (baseline only)
Not needed C1D1 if screening 
assessments within prior 72 hrs. Complete 
physical exam at screening. Abbreviated 
disease-oriented physical exam 
subsequently.
X
X
X
X
X
X
Weight
Note, during dosing period weight 
should be captured on Day 1 of each 
cycle.  It can be obtained more 
frequently per institutional standards 
(example: if required at each infusion)
X
X
X
X
X
X
Ophthalmologic Exam
To be performed by ophthalmologist or 
qualified optometrist. (Visit windows of 
±7 days post baseline).
X
Perform assessment if subject discontinues prior to C4.
C4 only
ECHO
Perform at EOT if subject discontinues 
prior to C4. (Visit windows of ±7 days 
post baseline).
X
C4 only
early 
disc
Forced Vital Capacity
Assess D1 of every odd cycle, Arm C 
only. (Visit windows of ±7 days post 
baseline).
X
X
Odd
Archival Tumor Tissue 
Archived tumor tissue (or fresh biopsy if 
no archival tissue). Once the subject 
provides consent, a tumor sample may 
be submitted for Arms A and B for 
FGFR1 amplification at any time (there 
X

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
FGF117360
135
Time and Events Schedule for FGF117360
Screen
Cycle 1
Cycle 2
Additional Cycles
Every 4 
Cycles, 
D1
EOT
30 
day 
F/U
D1
D8
D9
D15
D1
D8
D15
D1
D8
D15
is no time limit or window).
Brain Scan
Obtain only if symptomatic
X
every 12 weeks 1 week if positive at Screening, or as clinically indicated

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
FGF117360
136
CHANGE 11: Section 7.3.9, Pregnancy Testing and Reporting
(new text bold and underlined, deleted text in strikethrough)
PREVIOUS TEXT:
Any pregnancy that occurs during study participation must be reported using a 
clinical trial pregnancy form.
REVISED TEXT:
Any pregnancy that occurs during study participation (note, study participation 
is defined as the time of the first dose of study drug GSK3052230 is 
administered) must be reported using a clinical trial pregnancy form.
CHANGE 12: Section 7.4.1.5
MOVE TEXT: Move section below from protocol Section 7.4.2.1 to Section 7.4.1.5
Tips on Lymph Node Measurements:
Lymph nodes are considered as a separate organ to measure, and up to two lymph 
nodes can be measured per patient by RECIST v1.1. For unidimensional lymph 
node measurements, use the short axis of the lymph node at baseline and then at 
every followup scan. To be considered as pathologically enlarged and measurable 
at baseline, the lymph node short axis diameter should be ≥15 mm.
CHANGE 13: Section 7.7.1, Central Confirmation of FGF Signalling Pathway Status 
and Translational Research
(new text bold and underlined, deleted text in strikethrough)
PREVIOUS TEXT:
In Arm C, FGF2 and/or FGFR1 expression will be evaluated retrospectively by 
IHC to determine if expression levels of these proteins are associated with 
response to GSK3052230
Any remaining tissue from this study may be used for:

Development and validation of a potential IUO assay and companion 
diagnostic test, e.g., but not limited to FGFR1 gene amplification by FISH or 
FGF2 and/or FGFR1 expression by IHC.

Alternative biomarkers of FGF pathway signalling such as other ligands or 
receptors. 
REVISED TEXT:
In Arm C, FGF2 and/or FGFR1 expression will be evaluated retrospectively by IHC to 
determine if expression levels of FGF2these proteins are associated with response to 
GSK3052230

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
FGF117360
137
Any remaining tissue from this study may be used for:

Development and validation of a potential IUO assay and companion diagnostic test, 
e.g., but not limited to FGFR1 gene amplification by FISH or FGF2 and/or 
FGFR1 expression by IHC.

Alternative biomarkers of FGF pathway signalling such as other ligands or 
receptors. 
CHANGE 14: Section 9.1, 
(new text bold and underlined, deleted text in strikethrough)
PREVIOUS TEXT:
In Arm A and Arm B, the prophylactic use of hematopoietic colony stimulating 
factors is not allowed in Cycle 1.  However, growth factor support therapy (e.g., G-
CSF, GM-CSF) may be administered as a prophylaxis for chemotherapy-related 
neutropenia according to the NCCN Clinical Practice Guidelines in Oncology: 
Myeloid Growth Factors v.1.2010 [NCCN, 2010] or the European Organisation for 
Research and Treatment of Cancer guidelines for the use of G-CSFs [Aapro, 2011]
REVISED TEXT:
In Arm A and Arm B, The prophylactic use of hematopoietic colony stimulating 
factors is not recommended allowed in Cycle 1of the dose escalation portion of 
the study. Local institutional practices vary globally, please discuss with the 
GSK medical team if there is a need to have prophylactic use for subjects 
during the dose escalation period or alternative dose finding period. During 
expansion phase, However, growth factor support therapy (e.g., G-CSF, GM-CSF) 
may be administered as a prophylaxis for chemotherapy-related neutropenia 
according to the NCCN Clinical Practice Guidelines in Oncology: Myeloid Growth 
Factors v.1.2010 [NCCN, 2010] or the European Organisation for Research and 
Treatment of Cancer guidelines for the use of G-CSFs [Aapro, 2011].  
CHANGE 14: Section 12.7, Interim Analysis,
(new text bold and underlined, deleted text in strikethrough)
The rules are also shown in a tabular format below:
REVISED and NEW TEXT:
For Arm C only, the totality of the data will be reviewed prior to stopping for 
futility and the futility stopping rules are non-binding. The final analysis for 
Arm C will require 16/30 responses as specified in Table 16. This is equivalent 
to a binomial test at the final analysis with alpha level 0.10 and power of 82%.
The rules for Parts A, B and C are also shown in a tabular format below:

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
FGF117360
138
CHANGE 15: Section 15.3, Appendix 3: Cockcroft-Gault Formula
(new text bold and underlined, deleted text in strikethrough)
PREVIOUS TEXT:
Example:
Male, actual body weight = 90.0 kg, height = 68 inches
Ideal body weight = 50.0 + (2.3) (68-60) = 68.4 kg.
This subject’s actual body weight is >30% over ideal body weight. Therefore, in this case, the 
subject’s ideal body weight of 68.4 kg should be used in calculating estimated CrCl.
REVISED TEXT:
Example:
Male, actual body weight = 90.0 kg, height = 68 inches
Ideal body weight = 50.0 + (2.3) (68-60) = 68.4 kg.
This subject’s actual body weight is >30% over ideal body weight. Therefore, in this case, the 
subject’s ideal body weight of 68.4 kg should be used in calculating estimated CrCl.

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
FGF117360
139
Amendment 3
Where the Amendment Applies
This amendment applies to all sites.
Summary of Amendment Changes with Rationale
Amendment 3 changed Arm C of the protocol from GSK3052230 monotherapy of 
subjects with solid tumors to combination chemotherapy (GSK3052230 plus pemetrexed 
and cisplatin) of subjects with mesothelioma. Associated additions to the protocol include 
safety precautions for pemetrexed and cisplatin, use of modified RECIST for evaluation 
of clinical response, assessment of forced vital capacity. Patient reported outcomes using 
the Lung Cancer Symptom Scale (LCSS) was added for subjects with lung cancer and 
LCSS-meso for subjects with mesothelioma. Additional background and rationale were 
added. Stopping rules and sample size were modified. Translational research objectives 
were clarified.
List of Specific Changes
Section 1.1 The FGF Pathway in Cancer
REVISED TEXT: (new text bold and underlined, deleted text in strikethrough)
The last 3 paragraphs of this section have been re-arranged into a new section, Section 
1.2. New text added to the end of the first 3 paragraphs:
FGF ligand-dependent signaling occurs through autocrine production of FGFs
directly from cancer cells or through paracrine production of FGFs from the local 
stroma [Turner, 2010]. FGF2-FGFR1 autocrine feedback loops have been 
characterized in several tumor types and may have a role in drug resistance upon 
exposure to chemotherapy or targeted agents such as gefitinib [Sharpe, 2011; 
Marek, 2009]. Overexpression of FGFs is readily detectable by 
immunohistochemical approaches, as several studies have shown high levels of 
FGF2 protein in MPM tumor specimens [Kumar-Singh, 1999; Davidson, 2004; Li, 
2011]. Further, overexpression or high systemic levels of FGF ligands correlate with 
tumorigenesis and poor patient outcome. These discoveries support the notion that 
specific treatments targeting FGF pathway alterations may provide benefit in this 
population.
Section 1.1 Lung Cancer
This is a new section that was made from the last 3 paragraphs in Section 1.1.
PREVIOUS TEXT:
In animal models, activation of an inducible FGFR1 gene in a mouse mammary tumor 
virus-Wnt-1 transgenic mouse dramatically enhanced mammary tumorigenesis [Pond, 
2010]. Further it has been shown that FGFR1 gene amplification is associated with 

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
FGF117360
140
sensitivity to FGFR1 inhibition in non-small cell lung cancer (NSCLC) cell lines [Dutt, 
2011]. 
Various in vitro studies utilizing NSCLC cell lines reveal that specific FGFs (FGF2 and 
FGF9) as well as FGFR1 and FGFR2 are frequently co-expressed [Berger, 1999; 
Chandler, 1999; Fischer, 2008; Kono, 2009].  In addition, frequent expression of FGF2, 
FGFR1 and FGFR2 mRNA and protein in primary NSCLC specimens have been 
demonstrated [Kono, 2009].
The relevance of the FGF pathway in cancer has also been studied in human primary 
specimens. First, it has been demonstrated that FGFR1 gene is amplified at the genomic 
level in a subset of breast, ovarian, and lung cancer subjects [Knights, 2010]. This 
amplification contributes to the characteristics that allow tumor formation. Further, it has 
been shown that increased expression of FGFRs, FGFR1 gene amplification, or 
production of FGFs correlates with poor prognosis in a variety of tumor types including 
NSCLC [Nguyen, 1994; Kim, 2013]. For example, reduced metastasis-free survival was 
found in a subset of breast cancer subjects carrying the 8p11-12 amplification containing 
the FGFR1 gene [Gelsi-Boyer, 2005; Grose, 2005].  Recently, a focal amplification of the 
FGFR1 gene has been detected in approximately 20% of subjects with squamous NSCLC 
[Weiss, 2010], a histological subtype of NSCLC which previously had very limited 
evidence of molecular alterations amenable to targeted drug therapy. This discovery 
supports the notion that specific treatments targeting FGF pathway alterations may 
provide benefit in this population.
REVISED TEXT: (new text bold and underlined, deleted text in strikethrough)
In animal models, activation of an inducible FGFR1 gene in a mouse mammary tumor 
virus-Wnt-1 transgenic mouse dramatically enhanced mammary tumorigenesis [Pond, 
2010]. 
Various in vitro studies utilizing NSCLC cell lines reveal that specific FGFs (FGF2 and 
FGF9) as well as FGFR1 and FGFR2 are frequently co-expressed [Berger, 1999; 
Chandler, 1999; Fischer, 2008; Kono, 2009].  In addition, frequent expression of FGF2, 
FGFR1 and FGFR2 mRNA and protein in primary NSCLC specimens have been 
demonstrated [Kono, 2009]. Further it has been shown that FGFR1 gene amplification is 
associated with sensitivity to FGFR1 inhibition in non-small cell lung cancer (NSCLC) 
cell lines [Dutt, 2011].
The relevance of the FGF pathway in cancer has also been studied in human primary 
specimens. First, it has been demonstrated that FGFR1 gene is amplified at the genomic 
level in a subset of breast, ovarian, and lung cancer subjects [Knights, 2010]. This 
amplification contributes to the characteristics that allow tumor formation. Further, it has 
been shown that Increased expression of FGFRs, FGFR1 gene amplification, or 
production of FGFs correlates with poor prognosis in a variety of tumor types including 
NSCLC [Nguyen, 1994; Kim, 2013]. For example, reduced metastasis-free survival was 
found in a subset of breast cancer subjects carrying the 8p11-12 amplification containing 
the FGFR1 gene [Gelsi-Boyer, 2005; Grose, 2005].  Recently, A focal amplification of 
the FGFR1 gene has been detected in approximately 20% of subjects with squamous 
NSCLC [Weiss, 2010], a histological subtype of NSCLC which previously had very 

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
FGF117360
141
limited evidence of molecular alterations amenable to targeted drug therapy. This 
discovery supports the notion that specific treatments targeting FGF pathway alterations 
may provide benefit in this population.
Section 1.3 Mesothelioma
REVISED TEXT: (new text bold and underlined, deleted text in strikethrough) New 
section added:
Malignant mesothelioma remains a deadly disease with few effective therapies. 
Although the incidence of mesothelioma is leveling off in the United States, the 
incidence in Western Europe, China, Russia, and India continues to rise [Ettinger, 
2012]. The median overall survival ranges from 9-17 months regardless of disease 
stage [Tsao, 2009]. The standard of care for the front-line treatment of 
mesothelioma remains cisplatin and pemetrexed with the combination regimen 
having a 41% response rate, a median time to progression of 5.7 months, a median 
overall survival of 12.1 months, and significant improvements in quality of life 
[Vogelzang, 2003; Gralla, 2003]. There remains no widely approved regimen for 
recurrent mesothelioma although pemetrexed (if not used in the front-line), 
vinorelbine, and gemcitabine are agents that have been used with limited success 
[Jassem, 2008; Stebbing, 2009; Manegold, 2005]. A recently completed Phase III 
study of vorinostat versus placebo in 660 patients with recurrent mesothelioma 
reported a median progression-free survival (PFS) of 6.3 versus 6.1 weeks and 
median overall survival (OS) of 31 versus 27 weeks in vorinostat vs. placebo 
respectively, which represents the largest Phase III study completed to date in 
recurrent mesothelioma [Krug, 2011]. These poor PFS and OS data underscore the 
need for more effective therapies in recurrent mesothelioma.
Section 1.4.1.1 Preclinical data on GSK3052230
REVISED TEXT: (new text bold and underlined, deleted text in strikethrough) New 
text added:
Seventy-eight tumor-derived xenograft models were treated with GSK3052230 (FP1039) 
as a single agent.  Twenty-eight models were found to show significant tumor growth 
inhibition, including models of NSCLC, small cell lung cancer, mesothelioma, squamous 
cell carcinoma of the head and neck (SCCHN), endometrial, colon and breast cancer 
[Harding, 2010; Harding, 2013].  In lung cancer xenografts, GSK3052230-teated tumors 
harboring FGFR1 gene amplification displayed an average of 56% tumor growth 
inhibition compared to 22% tumor growth inhibition in non-amplified FGFR1 xenografts 
(p=0.03)[ Harding, 2013]. FGF2 mRNA levels displayed the highest ratio (247.7-fold) 
of median gene expression between GSK3052230 responder and nonresponder 
xenograft models and was the only marker that correlated with response in the 
subset of non-amplified FGFR1 lung cancer xenografts where significant tumor 
growth inhibition was observed [Harding, 2013]. Therefore, FGFR1 amplification 
or FGF2 overexpression served as predictive markers of response to GSK3052230.

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
FGF117360
142
Section 1.5.3 Pemetrexed/cisplatin
REVISED TEXT: (new text bold and underlined, deleted text in strikethrough) New 
section added:
Pemetrexed is a folate analog inhibitor that disrupts folate-dependent metabolic 
processes essential for cell replication. In vitro studies have shown that pemetrexed 
inhibits thymidylate synthase, dihydrofolate reductase, and glycinamide 
ribonucleotide formyltransferase, which are folate-dependent enzymes involved in 
de novo biosynthesis of thymidine and purine nucleotides. Cisplatin is a heavy-metal 
complex containing a central platinum atom with 2 chloride atoms and 2 ammonia 
molecules in the cis position. Pemtrexed in combination with cisplatin is 
recommended for the treatment of mesothelioma [Alimta PI, 2004].
The most common adverse reactions (incidence ≥20%) with single-agent use of 
pemetrexed are fatigue, nausea, and anorexia. Additional common adverse reactions 
when used in combination with cisplatin include vomiting, neutropenia, leukopenia, 
anemia, stomatitis/pharyngitis, thrombocytopenia, and constipation [Alimta PI, 
2004].
Common adverse reactions (incidence ≥20%) associated with cisplatin include 
nephrotoxicity, ototoxicity, myelosuppression, and nausea/vomiting. Other toxicities 
include vascular complications, serum electrolyte imbalance, Hyperuricemia, 
neurotoxicity, ocular toxicity, anaphylactic-type reactions, and hepatotoxicity 
[Platinol PI, 2010].
Section 1.6 Summary of Risk Management
REVISED TEXT: (new text bold and underlined, deleted text in strikethrough) New 
text added:
Anterior uveitis:
•
Optic neuritis, papilledema, and cerebral blindness have been reported in 
patients receiving standard recommended doses of cisplatin.
Peripheral neuropathy:
•
Peripheral neuropathy is a potentially overlapping toxicity between GSK3052230 
and, taxanes such as paclitaxel and docetaxel, and cisplatin.
Hematologic toxicity:
Furthermore, paclitaxel or, docetaxel, and cisplatin have known bone-marrow toxicity

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
FGF117360
143
Nephrotoxicity:
•
Dose-related and cumulative renal insufficiency, including acute renal 
failure, is the major dose-limiting toxicity of cisplatin. Renal toxicity has been noted 
in 28% to 36% of patients treated with a single dose of 50 mg/m2. It is first noted 
during the second week after a dose and is manifested by elevations in BUN and 
creatinine, serum uric acid and/or a decrease in creatinine clearance. Renal toxicity 
becomes more prolonged and severe with repeated courses of the drug. Renal 
function must return to normal before another dose of cisplatin can be given.
•
One patient with severe renal impairment (creatinine clearance 19 mL/min) 
who did not receive folic acid and vitamin B12 died of drug-related toxicity 
following administration of pemetrexed alone.
Ototoxicity:
•
Ototoxicity has been observed in up to 31% of patients treated with a single 
dose of cisplatin 50 mg/m2, and is manifested by tinnitus and/or hearing loss in the 
high frequency range (4000 to 8000 Hz). Decreased ability to hear normal 
conversational tones may occur. Deafness after the initial dose of cisplatin has been 
reported. Hearing loss can be unilateral or bilateral and tends to become more 
frequent and severe with repeated doses. Careful monitoring per standard of care 
should be performed.
Section 2 Objectives and Endpoints and Synopsis
REVISED TEXT: (new text bold and underlined, deleted text in strikethrough)
Primary Objectives:
To characterize the safety and tolerability of GSK3052230 in combination with 
chemotherapy regimens (Arm A and B) or as single agent (Arm C).
To determine the regimen of GSK3052230 in combination with chemotherapy (Arm A 
and B) for evaluation in future studies based on the maximum tolerated dose (or 
maximum feasible dose).
Primary Endpoints:
Best response defined as complete or partial response, stable disease or progressive 
disease according to RECIST 1.1 or modified RECIST (for MPM)
ORR defined as the proportion of subjects with investigator-assessed confirmed complete 
response or partial response per RECIST 1.1 or modified RECIST (for MPM)
Secondary Objectives
Assess improvement in Pulmonary Function Tests in Patients with MPM.

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
FGF117360
144
Secondary Endpoints
PFS is defined as the interval between first dose of GSK3052230 and the earliest date of 
disease progression or death due to any cause by investigator assessment per RECIST 1.1 
or modified RECIST (for MPM)
Change from baseline in Forced Vital Capacity (FVC) in patients with MPM.
Exploratory Objectives
To identify biomarkers that may predict response or resistance
To evaluate the pharmacodynamic response in tumors circulation following treatment 
(re-biopsy is required for tumors that are accessible for biopsy) for Arm C
To investigate additional measures of FGF signaling pathway deregulation as potential 
predicative biomarkers for GSK3052230 in tissue.
To evaluate changes in patient reported outcomes.
Exploratory Endpoints
Changes in proteins/RNA circulating biomarkers (eg, proteins) implicated in FGFR or 
disease biology signaling (eg. MAPK/PI3K pathways) and/or cancer development
signalling in pre- and post -dose tumor tissue blood samples.
Association of FGFR1 gene amplification with clinical response to support the 
development of a laboratory developed test for an investigation use (LDT/only test (IUO) 
and potential companion diagnostic for subject selection.
Identification and validation of alternative measures of FGF signaling pathway 
deregulation as retrospectively (eg, FGF2 overexpression) as predictive biomarkers for 
subject selection and potential development of a companion diagnostic
Change from baseline and association with ORR in observer and patient assessed 
components of the Lung Cancer Symptom Scale (LCSS) and LCSS-mesothelioma
Section 3.1 Number of Subjects
REVISED TEXT: (new text bold and underlined, deleted text in strikethrough)
Approximately 70 subjects will be enrolled in the study (minimum of ~3638 and up to 
~104 approximately 120). In addition to minimum and maximum sample sizes for each 
arm, sample sizes that would be expected under the null and alternative hypothesis rates 
for Arms A and B are provided in Section 12.3.

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
FGF117360
145
Section 3.2.1 Inclusion Criteria and Synopsis
REVISED TEXT: (new text bold and underlined, deleted text in strikethrough)
Inclusion criterion 2:
Arm C: advanced solid tumor with deregulated FGF pathway signaling, for which all 
lines of standard therapies have been exhausted or for which no standard treatment is 
available.
Arm C: recurrent after local therapy or unresectable MPM with measurable lesions
Arm C: Subjects who have exhausted all lines of standard therapies or for whom there is 
no standard treatment for the specific tumor.  Note: squamous NSCLC subjects who have 
documented tumor progression (based on radiological imaging) after receiving two or 
more prior lines of systemic therapy (including platinum containing chemotherapy 
regimens) for Stage IV or recurrent metastatic disease may be enrolled [ of malignant 
tumors, 7th edition, 2009; , 2010].  Subjects with ER positive breast cancer having 
disease progression while on aromatase inhibitor therapy are allowed to continue 
aromatase inhibitor therapy, subjects with prostate cancer may continue to be treated with 
GnRH as clinically appropriate, and subjects with carcinoid cancer may continue 
treatment with octreotide.
Arm C: Subjects who have received no prior systemic therapy for MPM.
Inclusion criterion 3:
3.
Availability of archival tumor tissue required for assessment of deregulated FGF 
pathway signaling e.g.eg, FGFR1 amplification or FGF2 expression.
In Arm C, FGF2 expression by IHC will be evaluated retrospectively in tissue 
samples by a central laboratory and is not required for study entry.
Inclusion criterion 7:
For Arm A and B: Men with a female partner of childbearing potential must have either 
had a prior vasectomy or agree to use effective contraception as described in Section 
10.1.2 for at least 2 weeks prior to administration of the first dose of study treatment and 
for at least 6 months after the last dose of chemotherapy, to allow for clearance of any 
altered sperm. Arm C: No male contraception restrictions.
Section 3.2.2 Exclusion Criteria and Synopsis
REVISED TEXT: (new text bold and underlined, deleted text in strikethrough)
Exclusion Criterion 1:
For Arms B, C: Treatment with any anti-cancer therapy (for biological anti-cancer 
therapies see criteria 2.) during the preceding 4 weeks or within 4 half-lives of the 

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
FGF117360
146
therapy, whichever is longer (except: anti-cancer hormonal treatment of prostate cancer, 
breast cancer or octreotide for treatment of carcinoid cancer).
Exclusion criterion 11:
Have a known immediate or delayed hypersensitivity reaction or idiosyncrasy to drugs 
chemically related to study drugs (GSK3052230, docetaxel, paclitaxel, carboplatin, 
pemetrexed, cisplatin) and or their excipients that contraindicates their participation
Section 4.1 Discussion of Study Design and Synopsis
REVISED TEXT: (new text bold and underlined, deleted text in strikethrough)
This will be a multi-arm, multicenter, non-randomized, parallel-group, uncontrolled, 
open-label Phase IB study designed to evaluate the safety, tolerability and preliminary 
activity of GSK3052230 in combination with paclitaxel + carboplatin (Arm A), in
combination with docetaxel (Arm B), or GSK3052230 as monotherapy in combination 
with pemetrexed + cisplatin (Arm C). All subjects enrolled will have documented 
deregulation of FGF pathway signaling (e.g. FGFR gene amplification).
Previous Figure 1, Study Schema:

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
FGF117360
147
Revised Figure 1, Study Schema:
Pemetrexed/Cisplatin +
GSK3052230
3+3 design to determine
MTD  (MFD) in subjects with MPM
Arm C
Paclitaxel/Carboplatin +
GSK3052230
N=at least 12 and up to 30 sqNSCLC
Docetaxel+ GSK3052230
3+3 design to determine MTD (MFD) 
in subjects with sqNSCLC
Docetaxel + GSK3052230
N=at least 14 and up to 30 sqNSCLC
Arm B
Paclitaxel/Carboplatin +
GSK3052230
3+3 design to determine
MTD  (MFD) in subjects with sqNSCLC
Arm A
Pemetrexed/Cisplatin +
GSK3052230
N=at least 12 and up to 30 MPM
REVISED TEXT: (new text bold and underlined, deleted text in strikethrough)
Enrollment to Arms A and B will open first and simultaneously. Dose escalation in Arm 
A and Arm B will follow a 3+3 design as outlined in Section 4.2 for determination of 
MTD (or MFD).  A cohort expansion of at least 12 subjects will be treated at the MTD 
(or MFD) in each arm, with the option of expanding to a maximum of 30 subjects. 
Stopping rules based on anti-tumor activity are outlined in Section  and Section were
derived according to a predictive probability design for each arm of the study and are 
detailed in Section 4.2.1, Section 4.2.2 that allows for evaluation of success, and 4.2.3
futility after each patient rather than at only two stages as in traditional designs.  The 
decision on the timing of the initiation of Arm C will be determined by GSK and will be 
communicated to investigative centers directly and expediently in the form of a letter. At 
least 12 subjects and up to a maximum of 20 subjects will be treated in Arm C.
GSK3052230 will be administered as a 30-minute intravenous (i.v.) infusion once a week 
(Day 1, Day 8, Day 15) of each 21-day cycle. Paclitaxel/carboplatin and, docetaxel, and 
pemetrexed/cisplatin will be administered i.v. on Day 1 of each 21-day cycle. The 
number of cycles of paclitaxel/carboplatin will be limited to 4 to 6 cycles. Subjects may 
continue to receive docetaxel and pemetrexed/cisplatin until disease progression or as 
long as they are considered to derive benefit from treatment.  Subjects who discontinue 
chemotherapy (Arm A and Arm B) for reasons other than disease progression, may 
continue to receive GSK3052230 as long as they are considered to derive benefit from 
the treatment according to the criteria in Section 6.3. After discontinuation of 
GSK3052230, subjects will return after approximately 30 days (see Time and Events 
Table Section 7.1) for a follow-up visit to collect safety assessments, after which they 
will be considered to have completed the study.
Blood samples for pharmacokinetic, pharmacogenetic, and translational research will be 
obtained at specified times during the study.  Efficacy will be assessed every 2 cycles 
during the first year and every 4 cycles thereafter.  Paired tumor biopsies pre-dose and 
post-dose will be required from a minimum of 6 subjects with accessible tumors for 

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
FGF117360
148
repeated biopsy in Arm C.  Additional subjects may be asked to provide biopsies based 
on emerging data.
Section 4.2 GSK3052230 plus Chemotherapy in Arm A and Arm B
REVISED TEXT: (new text bold and underlined, deleted text in strikethrough)
Arm A and Arm B Dose escalation will follow a 3 + 3 dose-escalation procedure . . .
Section 4.2.1 Arm A
REVISED TEXT: (new text bold and underlined, deleted text in strikethrough)
A total of at least 12 subjects will be enrolled at the target dose to further evaluate safety 
and efficacy. After 12 subjects have been enrolled, the number of observed confirmed 
responses will guide further enrolment according to the stopping rules.  The futility 
boundaries (inclusive) for ORR for Arm A are 0/12, 1/14, 2/17, 3/20, 4/22, 5/24, 6/26, 
7/27, 8/28, 9/29, and 10/30 subjects and are shown in tabular format in Section 12.7
rules summarized in Section .. Up to 30 subjects will be enrolled in Arm A. All available 
data will be considered in making enrollment decisions
Section 4.2.2 Arm B
REVISED TEXT: (new text bold and underlined, deleted text in strikethrough)
A total of at least 1214 subjects will be enrolled at the target dose to further evaluate 
safety and efficacy. After 1214 subjects have been enrolled, the number of observed 
confirmed responses will guide further enrolment according to the stopping rules 
summarized. The futility boundaries (inclusive) for ORR for Arm B are 0/14, 1/22, 
2/26, 3/28, 4/29, and 5/30 subjects and are shown in tabular format in Section 12.7.. 
Up to 30 subjects will be enrolled in Arm B. All available data will be considered in 
making enrollment decisions.
Section 4.2.3 Arm C (new section)
REVISED TEXT: (new text bold and underlined, deleted text in strikethrough)
Arm C will open for enrollment subsequent to Amendment 3. The starting dose of 
GSK3052230 (Dose Level 0) in Arm C will be 10 mg/kg as long as the 5 mg/kg dose 
in combination with chemotherapy in Arm A did not exceed the MTD. Otherwise 
the starting dose level in Arm C will be Dose Level -1. Dose levels and escalation/de-
escalation schema for GSK3052230 in combination with pemetrexed and cisplatin is 
presented in Table 3.  Depending on emerging data, additional intermediate or 
lower dose-levels beyond those described may be explored.

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
FGF117360
149
Table 5
Combination Therapy: Arm C GSK3052230 + Pemetrexed + 
Cisplatin
Dose Level
Dose of GSK3052230
(Weekly)
Pemetrexed + Cisplatin
(once every 21 days)
Dose Level -2
5 mg/kg
400 mg/m2 + 60 mg/m2
Dose Level -1
5 mg/kg
500 mg/m2 + 75 mg/m2
Starting Dose Level 0
10 mg/kg
500 mg/m2 + 75 mg/m2
Dose Level 1
20 mg/kg
500 mg/m2 + 75 mg/m2
A total of at least 12 subjects will be enrolled at the target dose to further evaluate
safety and efficacy. After 12 subjects have been enrolled, the number of observed 
confirmed responses will guide further enrolment according to the stopping rules. 
The futility boundaries (inclusive) for ORR for Arm C are 2/12, 3/14, 4/16, 5/18, 
6/20, 7/21, 8/23, 9/24, 10/25, 11/26, 12/27, 13/28, 14/29 and 15/30 subjects and are 
shown in tabular format in Section 12.7. Up to 30 subjects will be enrolled in Arm 
C. All available data will be considered in making enrollment decisions.
Section 4.3 GSK3052230 in Arm C
REVISED TEXT: (new text bold and underlined, deleted text in strikethrough)
Section 4.3 GSK3052230 in Arm C
At least 6 and up to 18-20 subjects will be treated in Arm C at a dose of 20 mg/kg. Other 
doses may be explored in this arm
Section 4.3.1 Rationale for Evaluation of GSK3052230 in Chemotherapy 
Combinations
REVISED TEXT: (new text bold and underlined, deleted text in strikethrough)
4.3.1
Rationale for Evaluation of GSK3052230 in Chemotherapy Combination 
(Paclitaxel + Carboplatin, or Docetaxel) in NSCLC with deregulated FGF pathway 
signalingCombinations
FGFR1 amplification has been identified in approximately 20% of squamous NSCLC 
with suggested tumor dependence on FGF pathway signaling [, 2010].  FGFR1 
amplification has been associated with significantly shorter disease free and overall 
survival in NSCLC [Kim, 2013; Heist, 2012].  Carboplatin and paclitaxel can be used in 
first line therapy of NSCLC and docetaxel is a standard second line agent.  Pemetrexed 
and cisplatin is the standard first line therapy for mesothelioma. Additive antitumor 
effect was demonstrated in tumor xenograft models treated with the combinations of 
GSK 3052230 and chemotherapy including paclitaxel and carboplatin as well as 
docetaxel. Malignant pleural mesothelioma (MPM) is a tumor type where FGF2 
ligand overexpression has been observed in a high percentage of primary specimens 
and where GSK3052230 preclinical efficacy has been observed in xenograft models. 
Based on the clinical and preclinical data, the combination of GSK3052230 in 

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
FGF117360
150
combination with chemotherapy will be investigated in patients with NSCLC or with 
mesothelioma.
Section 4.3.2 Rationale for Evaluation of GSK3052230 Monotherapy
REVISED TEXT: (new text bold and underlined, deleted text in strikethrough)
Section 4.3.2 Rationale for Evaluation of GSK3052230 Monotherapy
It is anticipated that GSK3052230 monotherapy will only demonstrate anti-tumor activity 
in the presence of deregulated FGF signaling pathway, specifically amplification or 
overexpression of FGF ligand(s) and/or receptor(s).  Arm C will enroll subjects with 
deregulated FGF pathway signaling (e.g. FGFR gene amplification, FGF ligand 
overexpression, etc.).  These subjects should have failed available standard therapies or 
have a cancer for which no standard therapies exists
Section 4.3.3 Rationale for Endpoints
REVISED TEXT: (new text bold and underlined, deleted text in strikethrough)
Symptom assessments as measured by the LCSS and LCSS-meso were added to 
increase the understanding of the patient experience and perceptions.
Section 4.5.4 Pemetrexed and Cisplatin
REVISED TEXT: (new text bold and underlined, deleted text in strikethrough)
Section 4.5.4 Pemetrexed and Cisplatin
Subjects in Arm C will receive pre-treatment for pemetrexed and cisplatin 
according to institutional standards. Pemetrexed according to the dose level being 
investigated (Table 5) will be administered intravenously over 10 minutes (or 
according to local clinical standards) on Day 1 of each 21 day treatment cycle 
followed 30 minutes later by i.v. cisplatin infused over 2 hours.
Subjects will be hydrated and pre-medicated with folic acid and vitamin B12 
supplements in order to reduce the incidence and severity of hematologic and 
gastrointestinal toxicities as well as cutaneous hypersensitivity reactions as per 
institutional guidelines.  Recommendations for pre-medication are as follows:
•
1-2 liters of fluid infused for 8-12 hours prior to cisplatin dose
•
350-1000 g folic acid, once daily, by mouth for seven days preceding the 
first dose of pemetrexed, during treatment, and for 21 days following the last dose of 
pemetrexed
•
1000 g vitamin B12 by intramuscular injection in the week preceding the 
first dose of pemetrexed and every three cycles thereafter (subsequent vitamin B12 
injections may be given on the same day as pemetrexed)

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
FGF117360
151
•
4 mg dexamethasone (or equivalent), twice daily, by mouth the day before, 
the day of, and the day after pemetrexed administration   
Additional information can be found in the prescribing information for pemetrexed 
[Alimta Package Insert, 2012] and cisplatin [Platinol, 2010].
Section 4.7.2 Hematologic Toxicity Related to Chemotherapy
REVISED TEXT: (new text bold and underlined, deleted text in strikethrough) Added 
to last row of Modification Instructions, Table 7
Arm C: Restart combination chemotherapy reduced by 1 level for the 
chemotherapy dose according to Table 5.
Section 4.7.3 Non-hematologic Toxicity Related to Chemotherapy
REVISED TEXT: (new text bold and underlined, deleted text in strikethrough)
Table 8 Chemotherapy Dose Delay and Modifications for Non-hematologic Toxicity
Adverse Event
Action
Non-hematological, drug-related 
Grade 3 or 4 (except alopecia)
Hold chemotherapy until recovery to Grade ≤1.
Arm A: Restart at dose levels reduced by 1 level for both agents 
according to Table 3.
Arm B: Restart docetaxel reduced by 1 level according to Table 4
Arm C: Restart combination chemotherapy reduced by 1 level 
for the chemotherapy dose according to Table 5
Exceptions
Grade 2 neurotoxicity
Arm C: Withhold study treatment until recovery to Grade 1; 
then resume treatment with cisplatin reduced by 50% of 
previous dose
Grade 3 or 4 Peripheral neuropathy
Neurotoxicity
Withhold study treatment until patient recovers recovery to Grade 
1; then resume treatment at dose reduced by 2 levels according to 
Table 3 (Arm A) or Table 4 (Arm B). Permanently discontinue 
chemotherapy in Arm C. If treatment delay is more than 2 weeks, 
re-initiation of treatment should be agreed with the GSK study 
physician.
Mucositis, Grade 3 or 4
Arm C: Reduce pemetrexed only by 50% of previous dose
Serum creatinine <1.5 mg/100mL 
or BUN <25mg/100mL
Arm C: Hold chemotherapy until serum creatinine >1.5 
mg/100mL or BUN >25mg/100mL
Creatinine clearance <45 mL/min
Arm C: Hold chemotherapy until creatinine clearance ≥45 
mL/min

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
FGF117360
152
Section 5.1.2 Chemotherapeutic Agents
REVISED TEXT: (new text bold and underlined, deleted text in strikethrough)
Section 5.1.2 Paclitaxel + Carboplatin and Docetaxel Chemotherapeutic Agents
Paclitaxel, carboplatin, and docetaxel, pemetrexed, and cisplatin will be sourced locally 
from commercial stock, except in countries where Regulatory Authorities mandate that 
the Sponsor must supply all non-investigational product (IPs) required for study 
participation. Investigators are responsible for ensuring that subjects receive supplies of 
paclitaxel, carboplatin, and docetaxel, pemetrexed, and cisplatin for the entire duration 
of the study, as appropriate.  The contents of the label will be in accordance with all 
applicable regulatory requirements.
Section 5.2 Preparation/Handling/Storage of GSK3052230
REVISED TEXT: (new text bold and underlined, deleted text in strikethrough)
Refer to the SPM (the FGF117360 Pharmacy Manual) for storage conditions.
Section 6.1 Screen Failures
REVISED TEXT: (new text bold and underlined, deleted text in strikethrough)
Section 6.1 Screen and Baseline Failures
Data for screen and baseline failures....

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
FGF117360
153
Section 7.1 Time and Event Schedules
REVISED TEXT: (new text bold and underlined, deleted text in strikethrough)
Table 10. Time and Events Schedule for FGF117360
Screen
Cycle 1
Cycle 2
Additional Cycles
Every 4 
Cycles, 
D1
EOT
30 
day 
F/U
D1
D8
D9
D15
D1
D8
D15
D1
D8
D15
Vital Signs
Arms A + B: Within 20 min before 
start of first chemotherapy infusion 
and within 20 min before start of 
GSK3052230 infusion.
Arm C: Before start of 
GSK3052230 infusion.
X
X
X
X
Forced Vital Capacity
Assess D1 of every odd cycle
X
X
O
Tumor Tissue (fresh biopsy) for 
biomarker research
Arm C only: (minimum of 6 
subjects). Predose sample +7 
days prior to C1D1. EOT sample 
only upon progression.
X
X
X
Circulating Biomarkers 
Plasma sample collected predose 
(+7 days prior to C1D1)
X
X
X
Arm C: D1 every cycle 1 
year, then D1 every 2 
cycles
X
LCSS (Arms A and B); LCSS-
meso (Arm C)
Must be administered first 
before any other tests or 
procedures. Study staff should 
check for completeness.
X
X
X
X
X
X
ARMS A, B, C: GSK3052230
30 minute infusion. 
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
ARM B: Docetaxel 
GSK3052230 infused & 
observed 1 hr prior to 
docetaxel chemotherapy
infusions.
X
X
X
ARM C: Pemetrexed + Cisplatin 
GSK3052230 infused & 
observed 1 hr prior to 
chemotherapy infusions.
X
X
X

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
FGF117360
154
Table 10. Time and Events Schedule for FGF117360
Screen
Cycle 1
Cycle 2
Additional Cycles
Every 4 
Cycles, 
D1
EOT
30 
day 
F/U
D1
D8
D9
D15
D1
D8
D15
D1
D8
D15
Table 11. FGF117360 Pharmacokinetic Sampling Schedule
Limited PK
Extensive PK
Extensive PK
Limited PK
Extensive PK
Time 
When
Window
Arm A or Arm B
Arm A
Arm B
Arm C
Arm C
n=20pts in Arm A 
n=20pts in Arm B
each arm
n>=10pts
n>=10pts
Remaining 
patients
n>= 6 10pts
Cycle 1 Day 1
Prior to infusion of 
GSK3052230
Up to 12 hr prior to infusion of 
GSK3052230
GSK3052230 PK
GSK3052230 
PK
GSK3052230 
PK
GSK3052230 
PK
GSK3052230 PK
End of infusion of 
GSK3052230
Up to 5 min prior to end of 
infusion of GSK3052230
GSK3052230 PK
GSK3052230 
PK
GSK3052230 
PK
GSK3052230 
PK
GSK3052230 PK
1hr after end of infusion of 
GSK3052230
10 min but after ECG
GSK3052230 
PK
GSK3052230 
PK
GSK3052230 PK
2hr after end of infusion of 
GSK3052230 or end of 
docetaxel infusion
10 min or up to 5 min prior to 
end of docetaxel infusion
GSK3052230 
PK
GSK3052230 
PK
GSK3052230 PK
Cycle 1 Day 8
Prior to infusion of 
GSK3052230
Up to 12 hr prior to infusion of 
GSK3052230
GSK3052230 
PK
GSK3052230 
PK
GSK3052230 PK
Cycle 1 Day 9
(time relationship to tumor 
biopsy not infusion time)
within 1 hr of tumor biopsy
GSK3052230 
PK
GSK3052230 PK
Cycle 2 Day 1
Prior to infusion of 
GSK3052230
Up to 12 hr prior to infusion of 
GSK3052230
GSK3052230 PK
GSK3052230 
PK
GSK3052230 
PK
GSK3052230 
PK
GSK3052230 PK
End of infusion of 
GSK3052230
Up to 5 min prior to end of 
infusion of GSK3052230
GSK3052230 PK
GSK3052230 
PK
GSK3052230 
PK
GSK3052230 
PK
GSK3052230 PK
1 hr after start of 
paclitaxel infusion or end 
of docetaxel or 
pemetrexed infusion
10 min for paclitaxel or up to 
5 min prior to end of docetaxel 
infusion or up to 1 min prior 
to end of pemetrexed 
infusion
GSK3052230 
PK
Paclitaxel PK
GSK3052230 
PK
Docetaxel PK
GSK3052230 PK
Pemetrexed PK
1 hr after end of 
pemetrexed infusion
20 min
Pemetrexed PK
up to 5 min prior to end of 
Paclitaxel PK
Docetaxel PK
Pemetrexed PK

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
FGF117360
155
Table 10. Time and Events Schedule for FGF117360
Screen
Cycle 1
Cycle 2
Additional Cycles
Every 4 
Cycles, 
D1
EOT
30 
day 
F/U
D1
D8
D9
D15
D1
D8
D15
D1
D8
D15
End of paclitaxel infusion 
or 2 hr after end of 
docetaxel or pemetrexed
infusion
paclitaxel infusion or 20 min 
for docetaxel and 
pemetrexed
2 hr after end of paclitaxel 
infusion or 5 hr after end 
of docetaxel or 
pemetrexed infusion
30 min
(selected sites)
GSK3052230 
PK
Paclitaxel PK
(selected sites)
GSK3052230 
PK
Docetaxel PK
(selected sites)
GSK3052230 PK
Pemetrexed PK
Cycle 4 Day 1
Cycle 6 Day 1
Cycle 12 Day 1
Prior to infusion of 
GSK3052230
Up to 12 hr prior to infusion of 
GSK3052230
GSK3052230 PK
GSK3052230 
PK
GSK3052230 
PK
GSK3052230 
PK
GSK3052230 PK
Cycle 4 Day 1
End of infusion of 
GSK3052230
Up to 5 min prior to end of 
infusion of GSK3052230
GSK3052230 PK
GSK3052230 
PK
GSK3052230 
PK
GSK3052230 
PK
GSK3052230 PK
Cycle 6 Day 1
Cycle 12 Day 1
EOT
GSK3052230 PK
GSK3052230 
PK
GSK3052230 
PK
GSK3052230 
PK
GSK3052230 PK
30 days FU
At time of immunogenicity 
sample
GSK3052230 PK
GSK3052230 
PK
GSK3052230 
PK
GSK3052230 
PK
GSK3052230 PK

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
FGF117360
156
Section 7.2 7.2.
Demographic/Medical History and Baseline Assessments
REVISED TEXT: (new text bold and underlined, deleted text in strikethrough)
•
LCSS for Arms A & B
•
For Arm C only LCSS (meso) and forced vital capacity
Section 7.2.1 Critical Baseline Assessments
REVISED TEXT: (new text bold and underlined, deleted text in strikethrough)
. . .For Arm C, deregulation of FGF pathway signaling pathway may be assessed locally 
or centrally (additional details will be in SPM). 
For Arm C, forced vital capacity will be assessed at screening.
Section 7.3.4 Forced Vital Capacity
REVISED TEXT: (new text bold and underlined, deleted text in strikethrough)
7.3.4. Forced Vital Capacity
Forced vital capacity will be measured in Arm C at each scheduled disease 
assessment using standard methods (Refer to the SPM for details).
Section 7.3.8 Laboratory Assessments
REVISED TEXT: (new text bold and underlined, deleted text in strikethrough)
Table 12
List of Clinical Laboratory Tests
Blood urea nitrogen (BUN), Creatinine, Uric Acid, creatinine clearance
Section 7.4 Evaluation of Anti-cancer Activity
REVISED TEXT: (new text bold and underlined, deleted text in strikethrough)
CT:  (second paragraph) For Arms A and B, RECIST 1.1 analysis. . . .
For Arm C, modified RECIST will be used. Tumor thickness perpendicular to the 
chest wall or mediastinum will be measured in two positions at three separate levels 
on thoracic CT scans. The sum of the six measurements defines a pleural 
unidimensional measure. Bidimensionally measureable lesions will be measured 
unidimensionally as for RECIST 1.1. All measurements were added to obtain the 
total tumor measurement. The Image Acquisition Guidelines portion of the SPM
should be consulted for additional details on imaging protocols.

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
FGF117360
157
Brain Scan: In subjects with known brain metastases (criteria outlined in Section 3.2), a 
contrast-enhanced MRI (preferred) or CT of the brain must be obtained within 3530 days 
prior to receiving the first dose of the study medication
Section 7.4.1 Evaluation of Response in Arm A and Arm B (RECIST 1.1)
REVISED TEXT: (new text bold and underlined, deleted text in strikethrough)
Section 7.4.1 Evaluation of Response Criteria in Arm A and Arm B (RECIST 1.1)
Section Evaluation of Response in Arm C: Mesothelioma
REVISED TEXT: (new text bold and underlined, deleted text in strikethrough)
7.4.2. Evaluation of Response in Arm C: Mesothelioma
7.4.2.1.
Mesothelioma Tumor Imaging
Clinical trials of therapeutic agents in MPM may be compromised by inaccuracy of 
tumor measurements due to the unique pattern of growth of mesothelioma [Byrne, 
2004; Tsao, 2011]. Malignant mesothelioma commonly grows as a rind and thus 
may not produce spherical lesions with bidimensional, measurable diameters 
[Byrne, 2004]. Modification of RECIST criteria have been recommended to address 
the difficulties in measurement of lesions [Byrne, 2004; Tsao, 2011]. In subjects with 
mesothelioma, it is requested that disease assessments using both RECIST v1.1 
criteria AND modified RECIST criteria be performed.
Uni-dimensional measurements of tumor thickness perpendicular to the chest wall 
or mediastinum should be performed, measured in 2 sites at 3 different levels on the 
CT scan. Transverse cuts used for measurement must be at least 1 cm apart, and 
related to anatomical landmarks in the thorax, preferably above the level of division 
of the main bronchi. At reassessment, pleural thickness must be measured at the 
same position and level. Nodal, subcutaneous, and other bidimensionally 
measurable lesions are measured unidimensionally as per the RECIST v1.1 criteria. 
Unidimensional measurements are added to produce the total tumor measurements 
(e.g., the sum of 6 pleural thickness measurements = one univariate diameter).
Overall tips for measurement of mesothelioma by modified RECIST [Tsao, 2011]:
1.
Larger lesions are easier and more accurate to measure. Choose the larger or 
thickest of the pleural disease to measure. Magnifying the image may make an 
easier measurement.
2.
The short-axis diameter is defined as the shortest pathway from the tip of the 
tumor to the chest wall.
3.
Ensure that that differentiation of normal chest wall from tumor is easy at 
the point of measurement

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
FGF117360
158
4.
To ensure accuracy, all measurements must be performed electronically in 
the same window setting on consecutive studies. It is recommended that the “soft 
tissue” setting (not lung windows) be used, as it enables accurate pleural mass 
measurements with the electronic calipers and avoids the incorporation of chest wall 
or mediastinal fat within the calculations.
5.
CT scan slices up to 5 mm can be used, but for greater accuracy, thinner 
slices such as 2.5 mm are preferable. Ideally, all subsequent CT scans should use the 
same slice thickness.
6.
To limit interobserver variability, in measuring tumor response, it is 
preferred that the same clinician measure the tumors at baseline and on all 
subsequent CT scans.
7.
The pleural disease to be measured should have a short-axis diameter of at 
least 1 cm, as lesions less than 1 cm are considered nonmeasurable.
8.
To obtain the short axis of the disease, with electronic calipers, measure the 
distance between the point where the tumor abuts the chest or the mediastinal 
border and the point where the pleural disease touches the lung. The shortest route 
possible is the one perpendicular to the chest wall/mediastinum.
9.
Avoid measuring regions where the tumor infiltration obscures the interface 
of tumor to normal tissue. A good interface for measurement usually is one where 
the tumor abuts fat or an intact rib/vertebral body, as the density of the pleural 
tumor differs significantly from bone or fat and the difference can be easily 
observed. Avoid choosing an interface of tumor with muscle, as muscle and tumor 
have similar CT densities and are often difficult to distinguish when they abut one 
another.
10.
Following the instructions in #5, choose three different axial slices, preferably 
above the level of the main bronchi and record two measurements per slice, thus 
resulting in six separate measurements.
11.
If any nodal, subcutaneous or other bidimensionally measurable lesions are 
available, they should undergo unidimensional measurements by RECIST v1.1 and 
be added to the total obtained in #7 above.
Tips on Lymph Node Measurements:
Lymph nodes are considered as a separate organ to measure, and up to two lymph 
nodes can be measured per patient by RECIST v1.1. For unidimensional lymph 
node measurements, use the short axis of the lymph node at baseline and then at 
every followup scan. To be considered as pathologically enlarged and measurable at 
baseline, the lymph node short axis diameter should be ≥15 mm.

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
FGF117360
159
7.4.2.2.
Prior Scan collection
Collection of up to three prior tumor imaging scans performed prior to baseline 
scans at study entry will also be encouraged in subjects whose scans are available 
for review. These scans may be collected and sent to an independent radiologist for 
review. The slope of tumor growth prior to study entry and following treatment may 
be compared in subsequent analyses. Such comparisons may be important in 
evaluation of the clinical significance of subjects achieving a clinical response, 
particularly in those subjects achieving SD.
Section 7.4.3 Patient Reported Outcomes
REVISED TEXT: (new text bold and underlined, deleted text in strikethrough)
7.4.3. Patient Reported Outcomes
The Lung Cancer Symptom Scale or the Lung Cancer Symptom Scale-
mesothelioma [LCSS (-meso)] will be self-administered by subjects (patient scales) 
and completed by the investigator (observer scales) as indicated in the Time and 
Events schedule (Table 10). The LCSS(-meso) consists of nine (meso: eight) patient-
reported items (visual analogue scale with a range from 0 to100) and six observer 
reported items and is validated in lung cancer and in mesothelioma patients [Hollen, 
2006]. Using visual analogue scales, the patient scale measures the intensity of 
patient responses for appetite, fatigue, cough, dyspnea, hemoptysis, pain, and 
summary items symptoms of lung cancer, activity level and quality of life. An 
example questionnaire can be found in the SPM. The LCSS-meso was chosen 
because of its focus on disease-related symptoms, the possibility to combine the 
patient’s perception with the investigator’s contextual knowledge, its demonstrated 
concept and content validity, ease of application and minimal burden to patients. 
It is important that the LCSS patient scale is administered at the start of the clinic 
visit before any other study assessments are performed.
Section 7.5.2 Pharmacokinetic Sample Analysis
REVISED TEXT: (new text bold and underlined, deleted text in strikethrough)
Concentrations of GSK3052230 and selected chemotherapy will be determined…
Section 7.7 Translational Research
REVISED TEXT: (new text bold and underlined, deleted text in strikethrough)
7.7.1. Tumor Biomarker Analysis
7.7.1.1.
Fresh Pre-and Post-dose Tumor Tissues
Pre and post dose tissues, as well as tissues collected at progression will be analyzed for 
the appropriate protein and/or RNA biomarkers of FGFR pathway and 
proliferation/apoptosis (e.g. Ki67, CC3, etc).  Collected tissues may also be used to 

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
FGF117360
160
analyze the protein and DNA markers of RTK/MAPK/PI3K pathway activation and 
cancer development.  Additional testing of DNA, RNA, or protein biomarkers related to 
the function of GSK3052230 may be done if ongoing research identifies or defines 
additional biomarkers for therapy failure or predictive and prognostic biomarkers. 
Paired pre- and post-dose fresh biopsies will be obtained from a minimum of 6 subjects 
with accessible tumors in Arm C.  These biopsies will be taken during the screening 
period, e.g., within 7 days prior to treatment (preferably pre-dose on day 1), and on Day 9 
in those subjects who have signed the corresponding section of the informed consent. A 
biopsy is also required, when feasible, upon disease progression.  The timing of the 
collections may be adjusted on the basis of emerging pharmacokinetic or 
pharmacodynamic data from this study or other new information in order to ensure 
optimal evaluation of the pharmacodynamic endpoints.  Details of the tumor biopsy 
collection including processing, storage and shipping procedures will be provided in the 
SPM.
7.7.1. Determination of Deregulation Central Confirmation of FGF Signaling
Signalling Pathway Status and Translational Research
A requirement for inclusion into this study is deregulated FGF pathway signaling (e.g. 
FGFR gene amplification) in tumor tissue. As part of the development and validation of 
this assay, additional measures to FGFR1 gene amplification will be collected to 
determine if these increase the discriminatory potential of the assay for future 
development of the IUO. Tumor alterations, such as FGFR1 gene amplification testing, 
will be conducted using a certified laboratory (e.g. CLIA or appropriate certification) and 
validated laboratory developed test (LDT) in a central laboratory. In addition, an 
exploratory objective of this study is to develop and further validate the deregulated FGF 
pathway signaling assay towards an investigational use only (IUO) assay that can be used 
for future subject selection and for regulatory approval and registration. The regulatory 
approved assay will be used in the future to precisely identify the specific deregulated 
FGF signaling marker such as FGFR gene amplification or over expression, FGF ligand 
overexpression, etc., status in subjects who may benefit from treatment with 
GSK3052230. It is essential that the required amount of tumor tissue is obtained in order 
to perform the FISH assay for entry into the study in Arms A and B, explore other 
potential measures of FGF signaling pathway deregulation, and complete the necessary 
equivalency and precision testing requirements for the development of an IUO.
Collection of archival primary tumor tissue is required for all subjects (see Time and 
Events Table; Section 7.1;); if not available a fresh sample will be required. A formalin 
fixed paraffin embedded tumor block is requested or if not available, approximately 15 
sections will be needed. Details of the tumor biopsy collection including amount, 
processing, storage, and shipping procedures will be are provided in the SPM.
In addition, these samples may be Arms A and B, a requirement for inclusion is 
evidence of FGFR1 gene amplification in tumor tissue as determined by a central 
laboratory (CLIA or appropriate certification) using a laboratory developed test.

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
FGF117360
161
In Arm C, FGF2 expression will be evaluated for the markers retrospectively by IHC 
to determine if expression levels of FGF2 are associated with response to 
GSK3052230
Any remaining tissue from this study may be used for:
•
Development and validation of a potential IUO assay and companion 
diagnostic test, e.g., FGFR1 gene amplification by FISH or FGF2 expression by 
IHC.
•
Alternative biomarkers of FGF pathway signalling. 
•
Biomarker research (protein, RNA and DNA) and status of RTK/PI3K/AKT 
pathways and cancer development and additional testing of DNA, RNA, or protein 
biomarkers related to the function of GSK3052230 if ongoing research identifies or 
defines additional predictive and prognostic biomarkers.
Samples will be collected as indicated It is essential that the required amount of 
tumor tissue is obtained in the Timeorder to perform the FISH assay for entry into 
the study in Arms A and Events Table (Section ). After determination B, explore other 
potential measures of FGF signaling pathway alterations, tissue deregulation in all 
arms including Arm C, and complete the necessary equivalency and precision 
testing requirements for the development of an IUO and potential companion 
diagnostic test.
Tissue samples/sections will be retained for the further confirmation using the IUO 
validated assay or potential companion diagnostic test, when available.  All samples 
will be retained for a maximum of 15 years after the last subject completes the trial.
Section 7.7.2.1 Plasma for Soluble Markers
REVISED TEXT: (new text bold and underlined, deleted text in strikethrough)
Clusters of markers (e.g. cytokines and angiogenic factors [CAF]) circulating in the 
plasma have been found to correlate with tumor pathway activation. Soluble 
mesotheline-related peptides (SMRP) have been shown to be clinical markers of 
MPM.... Therefore, a broad panel of CAF, including FGF ligand, and SMRP will be 
evaluated....
Section 7.7.2.2 Circulating cell free DNA (CFDNA) Analysis
REVISED TEXT: (new text bold and underlined, deleted text in strikethrough)
...will be analyzed for mutations in genes relevant to RTK/MAPK/PI3K pathway and 
cancer biology in cell free DNA...
Section 10.1.2 Male Subjects
REVISED TEXT: (new text bold and underlined, deleted text in strikethrough)

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
FGF117360
162
For male subjects in Arm A and B, to prevent pregnancy in a female partner…
For male subjects in Arm C, there are no contraception restrictions.
Section 11 Data Management
REVISED TEXT: (new text bold and underlined, deleted text in strikethrough)
Patient reported data will be collected via paper questionnaires and will be entered 
into the eCRF centrally. Data will be checked for completeness by study staff 
immediately after completion by the subject and reasons for non-compliance will be 
noted.
Section 12.1 Considerations of statistical design
REVISED TEXT: (new text bold and underlined, deleted text in strikethrough)
The sections below show the planned dose cohorts as well as the decision rules, by study 
arm, specifying the number of subjects with a confirmed objective response (according to 
RECIST 1.1) needed for continuing enrolment, or stopping for futility, and stopping for 
efficacy.  The methodology is based on the predictive probability of success if enrolment 
continues to 30 subjects [Lee, 2008].  The predictive probability design is similar to a 
Green-Dahlberg design in that it allows for early stopping for futility.  The differences 
are that but the predictive probability design allows for evaluation of stopping rules
futility after each every subject rather than once a minimum enrolment has been 
reached whereas the Green-Dahlberg design does this at only two stages one fixed 
interim and that the predictive probabilities methodology allows for stopping for success 
as well as for futility. at the end of enrolment. While the two designs have similar type I 
and type II error rates, the probability of early termination is greater with the predictive 
probability design.  A randomized Phase II or Phase III study may be conducted based on 
the results from this study
Section 12.2 Hypotheses
REVISED TEXT: (new text bold and underlined, deleted text in strikethrough)
No formal statistical hypotheses are being tested during the dose escalation portions of 
Arms A, B, and B or for Arm C.  Analysis of the data obtained from the dose escalation 
parts of Arms A and B the study will be focused...
For the dose expansion portions of Arms A and B the study, hypothesized response 
rates...
Section 12.3.1 Arm A: GSK3052230 + Paclitaxel + Carboplatin
REVISED TEXT: (new text bold and underlined, deleted text in strikethrough)

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
FGF117360
163
Starting with a cohort of 12 subjects and allowing for a maximum sample size of 30, this 
design will have a type I error rate (α) of 0.15 and 88% power.  The trial is designed to 
stop early for efficacy when the predictive probability of success if the trial were to 
continue to the total sample size of 30 is greater than or equal to 90%.11 and 86% 
power.  The trial is stopped early for futility if the predictive probability of success is less 
than 0.1%.  The Bayesian prior used in determining the design was Beta (0.3, 0.7), a 
relatively non-informative prior with a mean response rate of 30%.  Under the null 
hypothesis, the expected sample size is 22.724.2 subjects and probability of early 
termination (PET) is 9483.5%. Under the alternative hypothesis, the expected sample size 
is 1729.7 subjects and the probability of early termination PET is 94.69%.
Section 12.3.2 Arm B: GSK3052230 + Docetaxel
REVISED TEXT: (new text bold and underlined, deleted text in strikethrough)
An initial dose escalation will be used to establish the MTD. Once the final dose is 
confirmed, at least 1214 and up to 30 subjects...
Starting with a cohort of 1214 subjects and allowing for a maximum sample size of 30, 
this design will have a type I error rate (α) of 0.0907 and 8179% power.  The trial is 
designed to stop early for efficacy when the predictive probability of success if the trial 
were to continue to the total sample size of 30 is greater than or equal to 90%.  The trial 
is stopped early for futility if the predictive probability of success is less than 0.1%.  The 
Bayesian prior used in determining the design was Beta (0.15, 0.85), a relatively non-
informative prior with a mean response rate of 15%.  Under the null hypothesis, the 
expected sample size is 24.0 subjects and probability of early termination is 84.5%. 
Under the alternative hypothesis, the expected sample size is 29.5 subjects and the 
probability of early termination is 12.2%.
Section 12. Arm C: GSK3052230 + Pemetrexed + Cisplatin
REVISED TEXT: (new text bold and underlined, deleted text in strikethrough)
12.3.3. Arm C: GSK3052230 + Pemetrexed + Cisplatin
An initial dose escalation will be used to establish the MTD. Once the final dose is 
confirmed, at least 12 and up to 30 subjects in total will be enrolled at that dose, 
using decision rules defined in Section 4.2.3.  The assumptions underlying the design 
are detailed below and are based on previously published randomized phase 3 data 
in the 1st line setting of malignant pleural mesothelioma [Vogelzang, 2003].
The null hypothesis is:
H0: p≤40%
The alternative hypothesis is:
HA:p≥60%

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
FGF117360
164
Starting with a cohort of 12 subjects and allowing for a maximum sample size of 30, 
this design will have a type I error rate (α) of 0.10 and 82% power.  The trial is 
stopped early for futility if the predictive probability of success is less than 0.1%.  
The Bayesian prior used in determining the design was Beta (0. 5, 0.5), a relatively 
non-informative prior with a mean response rate of 50%.  Under the null hypothesis, 
the expected sample size is 23.1 subjects and probability of early termination (PET) is 
92.386.4%. Under the alternative hypothesis, the expected sample size is 19.129.5
subjects and the probability of early termination PET is 90.613.7%.
12.3.3. Arm C: GSK3052230
A sample size of 18-20 subject is based on the first futility decision timepoint for a test of 
the null hypothesis HO:p≤5% vs HA: p≥20% again using predictive probability design. 
This arm will not stop for success, but will stop for futility if no responses are observed in 
18 subjects.
Section 12.7 Interim Analysis
REVISED TEXT: (new text bold and underlined, deleted text in strikethrough)
For each study arm, after the initial 12 (Arms A and C) or 14 (Arm B) subjects have 
enrolled at the final dose, response data will be reviewed on an ongoing basis and the 
number of responses observed will be compared with the stopping rules provided in 
Section 4.2.1 (Arm A), Section 4.2.2 (Arm B), and Section 4.2.3. and Section (Arm C).  
The rules are also shown in a tabular format below:
TABLE 14: Deleted right hand column for stopping for success.
TABLE 15: Deleted right hand column for stopping for success. Deleted top 2 rows for 
12 and 13 patients.
FIGURE 2 and FIGURE 3: Deleted figures because no longer stopping for success.
TABLE 16: Added new table for Arm C.
Section 12.8.2.2 Adverse Events
REVISED TEXT: (new text bold and underlined, deleted text in strikethrough)
For the dose-escalation portions of Arms A and B the study, dose-limiting toxicities...
Section 12.8.3 Patient Reported Outcomes
REVISED TEXT: (new text bold and underlined, deleted text in strikethrough)
12.8.3. Patient Reported Outcomes
Change from baseline scores in LCSS and LCSS-meso will be calculated for all 
scales and timepoints. 10mm in change from baseline were previously identified as 
clinically meaningful (P. Hollen, personal communication). Associations with 

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
FGF117360
165
efficacy assessments and between patient reported and clinician reported 
symptomatic will be explored when warranted. Further details will be provided in 
the RAP.
Section 12.8.5.
Pharmacokinetic/Pharmacodynamic Analyses
REVISED TEXT: (new text bold and underlined, deleted text in strikethrough)
Where evidence of activity is seen, linear and/or non-linear mixed effect models may be 
fitted to the data to estimate PKPDPK/PD parameters of interest (e.g. slope, baseline 
(E0), location concentration for 50% of maximum effect (EC50) and maximum effect 
(Emax)).
Section 12.8.6 Tumor Kinetics Analysis
REVISED TEXT: (new text bold and underlined, deleted text in strikethrough)
Data from all some arms of the study...

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
FGF117360
166
Amendment 2
Where the Amendment Applies
This amendment applies to all sites.
Summary of Amendment Changes with Rationale
Amendment No.2: Sponsor medical monitor information was updated, the inclusion 
criterion for FGFR gene amplification was modified, clarifications were made to the 
Time and Events Table, vital sign measurements, and permitted concomitant 
medications; and male contraceptive requirements were corrected.
List of Specific Changes
Change 1: Inclusion criterion for FGFR gene amplification modified.
Section3.2.1 Inclusion Criteria
PREVIOUS TEXT:
3. Availability of archival tumor tissue required for assessment of deregulated FGF 
pathway signaling e.g. FGFR1 amplification or FGF2 over expression status based on 
emerging GSK3052230 preclinical data), provided no systemic therapy has been 
given since the biopsy was obtained. If archival tissue is not available, a fresh biopsy 
is required. Please refer to Section 7.7.1.2.  In Arms A and B, subjects will be 
prospectively screened for FGFR1 gene amplification using a FISH assay. For 
inclusion in this study, a ratio of FGFR1/CEN 8 of > 2 will be required. FGFR1 gene 
amplification will determined by central laboratory testing.
REVISED TEXT: (new text underlined, deleted text in strikethrough)
3. Availability of archival tumor tissue required for assessment of deregulated FGF 
pathway signaling e.g. FGFR1 amplification or FGF2 over expression status based on 
emerging GSK3052230 preclinical data), provided no systemic therapy has been given 
since the biopsy was obtained. If archival tissue is not available, a fresh biopsy is 
required. Please refer to Section 7.7.1.2.  In Arms A and B, subjects will be 
prospectively screened for FGFR1 gene amplification using a FISH assay (note, local 
testing is permitted for pre-screening of subjects prior to central testing). For 
inclusion in this study, based on the central laboratory testing, FGFR1 gene 
amplification must meet one of the following criteria: a ratio of FGFR1/CEN 8 of ≥2; 
or average number of FGFR1 signals per tumor nucleus of ≥6; or the percentage 
of tumor nuclei containing  ≥5 FGFR1 signals is ≥50%. FGFR1 gene amplification 
will determined by central laboratory testing.

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
FGF117360
167
Change 2: Clarification for stage of disease and chemotherapy in Arm A.
Protocol Synopsis, Section3.2.1 Inclusion Criteria
PREVIOUS TEXT:
2.
Histologically or cytologically confirmed diagnosis:
Arms A and B: Stage IV squamous NSCLC...
Arm A: Subjects who have received no prior therapy for Stage IV disease....
Arm B: Subjects who have ... Stage IV disease...
Arm C: Subjects who have ... Stage IV disease...
REVISED TEXT: (new text underlined, deleted text in strikethrough)
2.
Histologically or cytologically confirmed diagnosis:
Arms A and B: Stage IV or recurrent metastatic squamous NSCLC...
Arm A: Subjects who have received no prior therapy for Stage IV or recurrent 
metastatic disease....
Arm B: Subjects who have ... Stage IV or recurrent metastatic disease...
Arm C: Subjects who have ... Stage IV or recurrent metastatic disease...
PREVIOUS TEXT:
2.
Arm A: Subjects who have received no prior therapy for Stage IV disease. Note, to 
avoid any undue delay of initiating systemic chemotherapy for these subjects with 
newly diagnosed metastatic disease, it is allowed to initiate the first cycle of 
chemotherapy while the subject is still in screening for the present study. The first 
dose of GSK3052230 should then be given no later than the day of the second cycle 
of chemotherapy.
REVISED TEXT: (new text underlined, deleted text in strikethrough)
2.
Arm A: Subjects who have received no prior therapy for Stage IV or recurrent 
metastatic disease. Note, to avoid any undue delay of initiating systemic 
chemotherapy for these subjects with newly diagnosed metastatic disease, it is 
allowed to initiate the first cycle of chemotherapy whilst the subject is still in 
screening for the present study while eligibility for the study is still being 
determined, as long as the first dose of GSK3052230 is given no later than 
Cycle 2 Day 1 of chemotherapy.

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
FGF117360
168
Section 4.2.1 Arm A
PREVIOUS TEXT:
Arm A: Screening procedure for subjects on chemotherapy
To avoid any undue delay in initiating systemic chemotherapy for subjects with newly 
diagnosed Stage IV disease, the first cycle of chemotherapy may be initiated while 
subjects are still in screening for the present study.  
REVISED TEXT: (new text underlined, deleted text in strikethrough)
Arm A: Screening procedure for subjects on chemotherapy
To avoid any undue delay in initiating systemic chemotherapy for subjects with newly 
diagnosed Stage IV or recurrent metastatic disease, the first cycle of chemotherapy 
may be initiated while subjects are still in screening determination of eligibility is being 
completed for the present study.
Change 3: Other clarifications to Inclusion/Exclusion criteria.
Section3.2.1 Inclusion Criteria
10. Added footonotes for hemoglobin (a) and serum total bilirubin (b):
a. Subjects should meet criteria in the absence of hematopoetic growth factors 
or transfusions.
b. If the serum total bilirubin is elevated at screening but the direct bilirubin is 
≤ULN then the subject may be allowed to enter study.
Section3.2.2 Exclusion Criteria
PREVIOUS TEXT:
10.
Symptomatic leptomeningeal or brain metastases or spinal cord compression.
NOTE: Subjects previously treated for these conditions that have had stable CNS disease 
(verified with consecutive imaging studies) for >1 month, are asymptomatic and off 
corticosteroids, or are on stable dose of corticosteroids for at least 1 month prior to study 
Day 1 are permitted. Stability of brain metastases must be confirmed with imaging. If 
subjects have been treated with gamma knife they can be enrolled 2 weeks post-
procedure as long as there are no post-procedure complications. In addition, subjects 
treated or currently taking enzyme-inducing anticonvulsant are allowed on study.
REVISED TEXT: (new text underlined, deleted text in strikethrough)
10. Symptomatic leptomeningeal or brain metastases or spinal cord compression.
NOTE: Subjects previously treated for these conditions are eligible if they meet 
both of the criteria below:

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
FGF117360
169
(1) have had stable CNS disease for at least 4 weeks after local therapy as 
assessed by imaging (contrast enhanced magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) or 
computed tomography (CT)), and
(2) are asymptomatic and off corticosteroids, or are on stable dose of 
corticosteroids for at least 4 weeks prior to Day 1.
Change 4: Clarifications to preparation of GSK3052230, Time and Events 
Table, vital sign measurements, permitted concomitant medications.
Section 5.2 Preparation/Handling/Storage of GSK3052230
Added to end of paragraph on Preparation:
Please refer to SPM for recommended IV supplies.
Section 7.1 Time and Events Table (footnotes)
PREVIOUS TEXT:
Visit Window
Must occur within the window specified. D=day
Physical exam, weight, and height (baseline only)
Complete physical exam at 
screening. Abbreviated disease-oriented physical exam subsequently.
Ophthalmologic Exam
To be performed by ophthalmologist.
Vital Signs
Within -20/+10mins of GSK3052230 i.v. Arm A: -10mins of i.V. 
start
Hematology and Chemistry
See Table 11 for analytes. In addition Arm A: additional 
cycles D8 while dosing on paclitaxel + carboplatin only
Circulating Biomarkers 
Plasma sample collected predose. 
Blood sample for PGx
Collect only if PGx informed consent has been signed. 
Brain Scan
within 8 weeks of C1D1
Bone Scan
within 12 weeks of C1D1
ARM A: Paclitaxel + Carboplatin 
GSK3052230 infused & observed 1 hr prior to 
chemotherapy doses.
REVISED TEXT: (new text underlined, deleted text in strikethrough)
Visit Window
Tissue prescreen for Arms A and B within 60 days and all 
other screening assessments within 30 days of C1D1. Visit windows of ±2 days during 
study through EOT, +7 days for F/U. Cycle 1 Day 9 assessments for Arm C only.

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
FGF117360
170
Physical exam, weight, and height (baseline only)
Not needed C1D1 if screening 
assessments within prior 72 hrs. Complete physical exam at screening. Abbreviated 
disease-oriented physical exam subsequently.
Ophthalmologic Exam
To be performed by ophthalmologist or qualified 
optometrist.
Vital Signs
Arms A + B: Within 20 min before start of first chemotherapy 
infusion and within 20 min before start of GSK3052230 infusion. Arm C: Before 
start of GSK3052230 infusion
Hematology and Chemistry
Not needed C1D1 if screening assessments within prior 
72 hrs. See Table 11 for analytes. In addition Arm A: additional cycles D8 while dosing 
on paclitaxel + carboplatin only
Circulating Biomarkers 
Plasma sample collected predose (+7 days prior to C1D1)
Blood sample for PGxCollect any time on study but only if PGx informed consent has 
been signed; preferred on C1D1 after dosing.
Brain Scan
within 35 days of C1D1
Bone Scan
within 4 weeks of C1D1
ARM A: Paclitaxel + Carboplatin 
GSK3052230 infused & observed 1 hr prior to 
chemotherapy doses. May start chemotherapy during screening period, see inclusion 
#2
Section 7.3.3 Vital Signs
PREVIOUS TEXT:
Vital sign measurements will include systolic and diastolic blood pressure, temperature, 
respiration rate and pulse rate.  Vital signs should be measured after resting for at least 5 
minutes …. Refer to the SPM for details regarding measurement of vital signs.
REVISED TEXT: (new text underlined, deleted text in strikethrough)
Vital sign measurements will include systolic and diastolic blood pressure, temperature, 
respiration rate and pulse rate.  All vital sign measurements will be obtained after the 
subject has rested for at least 5 minutes .... Whenever blood pressure and heart rate 
are measured at the same nominal time as a blood draw, the blood pressure and 
heart rate will be prior to the blood draw. Refer to the SPM for details regarding 
measurement of vital signs
Section 7.3.6 Ophthalmologic Examinations
PREVIOUS TEXT:
These exams will be performed by an ophthalmologist and includes...

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
FGF117360
171
REVISED TEXT: (new text underlined, deleted text in strikethrough)
These exams will be performed by an ophthalmologist or qualified optometrist and 
includes...
Section 9.1 Permitted Medications
PREVIOUS TEXT:
Subjects should receive full supportive care during the study, including transfusion of 
blood and blood products, and treatment with antibiotics, antiemetics, antidiarrheals, and 
analgesics, as appropriate.
REVISED TEXT: (new text underlined, deleted text in strikethrough)
Subjects should receive full supportive care during the study, including transfusion of 
blood and blood products, and treatment with antibiotics, antiemetics, antidiarrheals, and 
analgesics, as appropriate. Pre-medication for chemotherapy is allowed per 
institutional guidelines.
Change 3: Correction of contraceptive requirements.
Section 3.2.1 Inclusion Criteria
PREVIOUS TEXT:
6.
Women of childbearing potential must have a negative serum pregnancy test within 
7 days of first dose of study treatment and agree to use effective contraception, as 
defined in Section 10, during the study and for 6 months following the last dose of 
chemotherapy or 4 weeks after the last dose of GSK3052230, whichever is latest.
7.
Men with a female partner of childbearing potential must have either had a prior 
vasectomy or agree to use effective contraception as described in Section 10.1.2 for 
at least 2 weeks prior to administration of the first dose of study treatment and for at 
least 6 months after the last dose of chemotherapy or 4 weeks after the last dose of 
GSK3052230, whichever is latest, to allow for clearance of any altered sperm.
REVISED TEXT: (new text underlined, deleted text in strikethrough
6. Women of childbearing potential must have a negative serum pregnancy test within 7 
days of first dose of study treatment and agree to use effective contraception, as 
defined in Section 10, during the study from 14 days prior to the first dose of study 
treatment, throughout the study, and for 6 months following the last dose of 
chemotherapy or 4 weeks after the last dose of GSK3052230, whichever is latest
7. For Arm A and B: Men with a female partner of childbearing potential must have 
either had a prior vasectomy or agree to use effective contraception as described in 
Section 10.1.2 for at least 2 weeks prior to administration of the first dose of study 
treatment and for at least 6 months after the last dose of chemotherapy or 4 weeks 

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
FGF117360
172
after the last dose of GSK3052230, whichever is latest, to allow for clearance of any 
altered sperm. Arm C: No male contraception restrictions.
Section 10.1.2
PREVIOUS TEXT:
To prevent pregnancy in a female partner or to prevent exposure of any partner to the 
study treatment from a male subject’s semen, male subjects must use one of the following 
contraceptive methods until 4 weeks after the last dose of GSK3052230 or 6 months after 
the last dose of chemotherapy, whichever is latest…
REVISED TEXT: (new text underlined, deleted text in strikethrough)
For male subjects in Arm A and B, to prevent pregnancy in a female partner or to 
prevent exposure of any partner to the study treatment from a male subject’s semen, male 
subjects must use one of the following contraceptive methods until 4 weeks after the last 
dose of GSK3052230 or 6 months after the last dose of chemotherapy, whichever is latest
For male subjects in Arm C, there are no contraception restrictions.

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
FGF117360
173
Amendment 1
Where the Amendment Applies
This amendment is applicable to UK site(s) only.  
Summary of Amendment Changes with Rationale
Amendment No.1: This amendment modified contraceptive practice and adjusted QTc 
stopping criteria for the UK to comply with MHRA guidelines.  
List of Specific Changes
Change 1: Contraception Guidelines
RATIONALE FOR CHANGE:
The protocol has been clarified to reflect the SPC for paclitaxel, carboplatin, and 
docetaxel which recommend using effective contraception methods for a period of 
6 months.  In addition, the protocol has been clarified regarding the contraception timing 
for GSK3052230 to allow 5 half-lives for drug clearance.  The GSK3052230 half life is 
5.2 days. The protocol has been modified to implement the use of an effect contraception 
methods for 4 weeks post-therapy of GSK3052230 given there are no genotoxicity 
concerns.
Section 3.2.1 Inclusion Criteria:
PREVIOUS TEXT
6. Women of childbearing potential must have a negative serum pregnancy test within 7 
days of first dose of study treatment and agree to use effective contraception, as defined 
in Section 10, during the study and for 21 days following the last dose of study treatment.
7. For Arms A and B: Men with a female partner of childbearing potential must have 
either had a prior vasectomy or agree to use effective contraception as described in 
Section 10.1.2 for at least 2 weeks prior to administration of the first dose of study 
treatment [and for at least 4 weeks after the last dose of chemotherapy given in this study] 
to allow for clearance of any altered sperm. Arm C: No male contraception restrictions.
REVISED TEXT: (new text underlined, deleted text in strikethrough)
6. Women of childbearing potential must have a negative serum pregnancy test within 7 
days of first dose of study treatment and agree to use effective contraception, as 
defined in Section 10, during the study and for 21 days 6 months following the last 
dose of chemotherapy or 4 weeks after the last dose of GSK3052230, whichever 
is latest.
7.    For Arms A and B: Men with a female partner of childbearing potential must have 
either had a prior vasectomy or agree to use effective contraception as described in 
Section 10.1.2 for at least 2 weeks prior to administration of the first dose of study 

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
FGF117360
174
treatment [and for at least 4 weeks 6 months after the last dose of chemotherapy or 4 
weeks after the last dose of GSK3052230, whichever is latest, to allow for clearance of 
any altered sperm. Arm C: No male contraception restrictions.
Section 7.3.8 Pregnancy Testing and Reporting:
PREVIOUS TEXT
If a female subject is of childbearing potential, she must have a serum -HCG pregnancy 
test performed within 7 days prior to the first dose of study treatments. Subjects with 
positive pregnancy test result must be excluded from the study.  Subjects with negative 
pregnancy test result must agree to use an effective contraception method as described in 
Section 10.1  during the study until 25 days following the last dose of study treatments.
REVISED TEXT: (new text underlined, deleted text in strikethrough)
If a female subject is of childbearing potential, she must have a serum -HCG pregnancy 
test performed within 7 days prior to the first dose of study treatments. Subjects with 
positive pregnancy test result must be excluded from the study.  Subjects with negative 
pregnancy test result must agree to use an effective contraception method as described in 
Section 10.1 during the study until 25 days 6 months following the last dose of study 
treatments chemotherapy or 4 weeks after the last dose of GSK3052230, whichever is 
latest.
Section 10.1.1 Female Subjects
Moved to end of section:
PREVIOUS TEXT
Complete abstinence from sexual intercourse for 14 days prior to first dose of study 
treatment, through the dosing period, and for at least 25 days after the last dose of study 
treatment.
REVISED TEXT: (new text underlined, deleted text in strikethrough)
Complete abstinence from sexual intercourse or contraception must be practiced for 
14 days prior to first dose of study treatment, through the dosing period, and for at least 
25 days 4 weeks after the last dose of study treatment GSK3052230 or 6 months after 
the last dose of chemotherapy, whichever is latest.
Section 10.1.2 Male Subjects
PREVIOUS TEXT
For subjects on Arm A and B, to prevent pregnancy in a female partner or to prevent 
exposure of any partner to the study treatment from a male subject’s semen, male 
subjects must use one of the following contraceptive methods…..
For subject in Arm C, there are no restrictions.

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
FGF117360
175
REVISED TEXT: (new text underlined, deleted text in strikethrough)
For subjects on Arm A and B, To prevent pregnancy in a female partner or to prevent 
exposure of any partner to the study treatment from a male subject’s semen, male 
subjects must use one of the following contraceptive methods until 4 weeks after the 
last dose of GSK3052230 or 6 months after the last dose of chemotherapy, 
whichever is latest…..
For subject in Arm C, there are no restrictions.
Change 2: QTc stopping rules for the UK
RATIONALE FOR CHANGE:
Country Specific Requirements previously specified the QTc stopping criteria as 
500msec for France.  The QTc stopping rules and the Country specific appendix have 
been modified to include UK along for France for the QTc stopping criteria to comply 
with the MHRA guidelines.  
Section 4.7.2, QTc Stopping Criteria
PREVIOUS TEXT
For subjects recruited in France, please refer to Appendix 7 for the French specific QTc 
stopping criteria.
REVISED TEXT (new text underlined, deleted text in strikethrough):
For subjects recruited in France or the UK, please refer to Appendix 7 for the French 
country specific QTc stopping criteria.
15.8 Appendix 7: Country Specific Requirements
PREVIOUS TEXT
France:
French Specific QTc Stopping Criteria:
In line with local requirements, a French subject that meets the criteria QTc1 below will 
have study treatment withheld...
REVISED TEXT (new text underlined, deleted text in strikethrough):
France or UK:
French or UK Specific QTc Stopping Criteria:

2013N165256_06
CONFIDENTIAL
FGF117360
176
In line with local requirements, French subjects that meet the criteria QTc1 below will 
have study treatment GSK3502230 withheld:
QTcB > 500 msec
In line with local requirements, UK subjects that meet the criteria QTc1 below will 
have study treatment withheld:
QTc > 500 msec
1Based on average corrected QT (QTc) interval value of triplicate electrocardiograms 
(ECGs) to include manual over-read. For example, if an ECG demonstrates a prolonged 
QT interval, obtain 2 more ECGs over a brief period, and then use the averaged QTc 
values of the 3 ECGs to determine whether the subjects should have study treatment
GSK3502230 withheld.
QT interval (corrected for HR) ≥500 msec; GSK3502230 will be permanently 
discontinued.
QTc interval increase from baseline ≥ 60 msec and maximum QTc  < 500 msec; 
GSK3502230 may be restarted at a reduced dose level after discussion with the 
medical monitor once the QTc returns to baseline.  If QTc prolongation meeting 
stopping criteria recurs after re-challenge, GSK3502230 must be permanently 
discontinued.
If the QTc prolongation resolves to Grade 1 or baseline, the subject may be re-started on 
study treatment GSK3502230 if the investigator and GSK Medical Monitor agree that the 
subject will benefit from further treatment